Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S5000

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S5000 Switch

9.6(0.0)

Summary of content (2061 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S5000 Switch 9.6(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide..................................................................................................51 Objectives............................................................................................................................................ 51 Audience.............................................................................................................................................. 51 Conventions.................................................................
PAGE 4
Control and Monitoring.................................................................................... 97 asf-mode............................................................................................................................................. 97 banner exec.........................................................................................................................................98 banner login....................................................................................
PAGE 5
show command-tree........................................................................................................................140 show cpu-traffic-stats.......................................................................................................................141 show debugging................................................................................................................................143 show environment................................................................
PAGE 6
service................................................................................................................................................188 traceroute cache hold-time............................................................................................................. 189 traceroute cache size....................................................................................................................... 190 traceroute ethernet.....................................................
PAGE 7
no interface management ethernet ip address............................................................................... 220 reload................................................................................................................................................ 220 show boot blc................................................................................................................................... 220 show boot selection..............................................................
PAGE 8
show mac accounting access-list..............................................................................................267 Standard MAC ACL Commands....................................................................................................... 268 deny.............................................................................................................................................268 mac access-list standard.............................................................................
PAGE 9
set tag........................................................................................................................................... 311 set weight.....................................................................................................................................312 show config................................................................................................................................. 313 show route-map.......................................................
PAGE 10
9 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM)..................................................................................................... 364 member vlan..................................................................................................................................... 364 ip access-group................................................................................................................................ 365 show acl-vlan-group .............
PAGE 11
bgp client-to-client reflection..........................................................................................................401 bgp cluster-id................................................................................................................................... 402 bgp confederation identifier............................................................................................................ 403 bgp confederation peers.........................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor distribute-list..................................................................................................................... 443 neighbor ebgp-multihop................................................................................................................. 444 neighbor fail-over............................................................................................................................. 445 neighbor filter-list..........................................................
PAGE 13
show ip bgp next-hop......................................................................................................................500 show ip bgp paths as-path............................................................................................................... 501 show ip bgp paths community........................................................................................................ 502 show ip bgp peer-group.......................................................................
PAGE 14
show ip bgp summary...................................................................................................................... 540 BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360)........................................................................................ 542 deny...................................................................................................................................................542 deny regex.............................................................................
PAGE 15
dcb-enable.................................................................................................................................. 579 PFC Commands................................................................................................................................580 clear pfc counters.......................................................................................................................580 dcb-input.........................................................................
PAGE 16
debug dcbx.................................................................................................................................. 621 fcoe priority-bits......................................................................................................................... 622 iscsi priority-bits..........................................................................................................................623 show interface dcbx detail....................................................
PAGE 17
show ip dhcp binding................................................................................................................. 664 show ip dhcp configuration....................................................................................................... 665 show ip dhcp conflict................................................................................................................. 665 show ip dhcp server..................................................................................
PAGE 18
19 FCoE Transit.................................................................................................... 702 clear fip-snooping database interface vlan..................................................................................... 702 clear fip-snooping statistics............................................................................................................. 703 debug fip snooping...................................................................................................
PAGE 19
show garp timers.............................................................................................................................. 738 show gvrp..........................................................................................................................................739 show gvrp statistics...........................................................................................................................740 22 High Availability (HA).........................................
PAGE 20
ip igmp snooping querier.................................................................................................................. 777 show ip igmp snooping mrouter......................................................................................................778 24 Interfaces.........................................................................................................780 Basic Interface Commands.......................................................................................
PAGE 21
shutdown.......................................................................................................................................... 843 speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces)................................................................................................. 845 speed (Management interface)........................................................................................................ 846 stack-unit portmode.....................................................................
PAGE 22
feature fc........................................................................................................................................... 881 member — alias................................................................................................................................ 882 member — zone............................................................................................................................... 883 member — zoneset..................................................
PAGE 23
arp timeout........................................................................................................................................ 917 clear arp-cache................................................................................................................................. 918 clear host........................................................................................................................................... 919 clear ip fib stack-unit..................................
PAGE 24
show ip traffic....................................................................................................................................974 show tcp statistics............................................................................................................................. 977 30 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs)........................................................980 IPv6 ACL Commands..............................................................................................
PAGE 25
ipv6 address autoconfig..................................................................................................................1019 ipv6 address.................................................................................................................................... 1020 ipv6 address eui64.......................................................................................................................... 1021 ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit..................................
PAGE 26
bgp soft-reconfig-backup............................................................................................................. 1060 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size................................................................................................. 1061 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6)...................................................................................................1061 clear ip bgp * (asterisk)...............................................................................
PAGE 27
neighbor shutdown.........................................................................................................................1100 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound......................................................................................... 1101 neighbor subnet.............................................................................................................................. 1102 neighbor timers...........................................................................
PAGE 28
clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics....................................................................................................... 1139 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening...........................................................................................1140 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates.............................................................................1141 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates................................................................................
PAGE 29
show run iscsi.................................................................................................................................. 1179 34 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS).............................1181 adjacency-check............................................................................................................................. 1181 advertise.......................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
isis priority........................................................................................................................................ 1217 is-type.............................................................................................................................................. 1218 log-adjacency-changes..................................................................................................................1219 lsp-gen-interval..............................................
PAGE 31
mac-address-table static................................................................................................................ 1261 mac-address-table station-move threshold................................................................................. 1263 mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp.............................................................................. 1264 mac learning-limit...................................................................................................
PAGE 32
debug lldp interface..................................................................................................................1304 disable....................................................................................................................................... 1306 hello........................................................................................................................................... 1307 management-interface.......................................................
PAGE 33
ip msdp sa-limit.............................................................................................................................. 1342 ip msdp shutdown.......................................................................................................................... 1343 ip multicast-msdp...........................................................................................................................1344 show ip msdp...............................................................
PAGE 34
43 NPIV Proxy Gateway....................................................................................1382 dcb-map..........................................................................................................................................1382 description.......................................................................................................................................1383 fabric...............................................................................................
PAGE 35
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time..................................................................................................... 1426 ip ospf authentication-key............................................................................................................. 1426 ip ospf cost...................................................................................................................................... 1427 ip ospf dead-interval..............................................................
PAGE 36
timers spf.........................................................................................................................................1485 timers throttle lsa all....................................................................................................................... 1486 timers throttle lsa arrival................................................................................................................. 1487 OSPFv3 Commands...................................................
PAGE 37
46 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)....................................................................... 1531 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands................................................................................................1531 clear ip pim rp-mapping................................................................................................................. 1531 clear ip pim tib........................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
ipv6 pim register-filter.................................................................................................................... 1568 ipv6 pim rp-address........................................................................................................................1569 ipv6 pim rp-candidate.................................................................................................................... 1570 ipv6 pim sparse-mode...........................................................
PAGE 39
Global Configuration Commands..................................................................................................1605 qos-rate-adjust............................................................................................................................... 1605 Per-Port QoS Commands..............................................................................................................1606 dot1p-priority..................................................................................
PAGE 40
show qos qos-policy-output......................................................................................................... 1642 show qos statistics.......................................................................................................................... 1643 show qos wred-profile................................................................................................................... 1644 test cam-usage........................................................................
PAGE 41
router rip......................................................................................................................................... 1685 show config.................................................................................................................................... 1686 show ip rip database....................................................................................................................... 1687 show running-config rip..........................................
PAGE 42
aaa radius group........................................................................................................................1728 show accounting.......................................................................................................................1729 Authorization and Privilege Commands........................................................................................ 1730 authorization.........................................................................................
PAGE 43
tacacs-server key...................................................................................................................... 1770 tacacs-server vrf.........................................................................................................................1771 Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands...................................................................................... 1772 dot1x authentication (Configuration)...............................................................
PAGE 44
clear ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................1808 ip dhcp relay..............................................................................................................................1809 ip dhcp snooping...................................................................................................................... 1810 ip dhcp snooping binding....................................................................
PAGE 45
show snmp group...........................................................................................................................1843 show snmp user..............................................................................................................................1844 snmp ifmib ifalias long....................................................................................................................1845 snmp-server community...........................................................
PAGE 46
disable..............................................................................................................................................1891 forward-delay................................................................................................................................. 1892 hello-time........................................................................................................................................1893 max-age....................................................
PAGE 47
ntp disable....................................................................................................................................... 1936 ntp multicast client......................................................................................................................... 1937 ntp master ..................................................................................................................... 1938 ntp server............................................................
PAGE 48
vlan-stack protocol-type................................................................................................................1973 vlan-stack trunk.............................................................................................................................. 1974 67 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)..................................................... 1978 ip vrf......................................................................................................................
PAGE 49
vlt domain.......................................................................................................................................2008 vlt-peer-lag port-channel............................................................................................................. 2009 70 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)..........................................2011 IPv4 VRRP Commands................................................................................................................
PAGE 50
show hardware layer3.................................................................................................................... 2045 show hardware stack-unit............................................................................................................. 2046 show hardware system-flow......................................................................................................... 2052 A ICMP Message Types..........................................................................
PAGE 51
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 52
{X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information.
PAGE 53
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 54
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command.
PAGE 55
community-list domain-list name domain-lookup translation domain-name fib ftp host max-frag-count assembly multicast-routing name-server pim Protocol prefix-list radius redirect-list route scp source-route options ssh tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Add a community list entry Domain name to complete unqualified host Enable IP Domain Name System hostname Define the default domain name FIB configuration commands FTP configuration commands Add an entry to the ip hostname table Max.
PAGE 56
Key Combination Action CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word.
PAGE 57
show run | grep Ethernet returns a search result with instances containing a capitalized “Ethernet,” such as interface GigabitEthernet 0/0 show run | grep ethernet does not return the previous search result because it only searches for instances containing a noncapitalized “ethernet” show run | grep Ethernet ignore-case returns instances containing both “Ethernet” and “ethernet” no-more does not paginate the display output save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To di
PAGE 58
To enable the VRF feature and cause all VRF-related commands to be available or viewable in the CLI interface, use the following command. You must enable the VRF feature before you can configure its related attributes. Dell(conf)# feature vrf Based on whether VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command will be stored in running-configuration and will precede all other VRF-related configurations.
PAGE 59
Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. Example Dell#show feature Feature State -----------------------------VRF enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections.
PAGE 60
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-controlcpuqos).
PAGE 61
EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. To enter EIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode.
PAGE 62
INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface). To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number.
PAGE 63
ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv6 for ISIS, use ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, refer to Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode. 2. Enter the command address-family ipv6 unicast. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_isis-af_ipv6). LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode.
PAGE 64
2. Use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-macl) or (conf-ext-macl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. MONITOR SESSION Mode To enable and configure a traffic monitoring session using port monitoring, use MONITOR SESSION mode. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. To enter MONITOR SESSION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 65
PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP Mode To configure shared LAG state tracking, use PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. For more information, refer to Port Channel Commands. To enter PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the port-channel failover-group command. The prompt changes to include (conf-pofailover-grp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode.
PAGE 66
2. Use the route-map map-name [permit | deny] [sequence-number] command. The prompt changes to include (config-route-map). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER BGP Mode To enable and configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use ROUTER BGP mode. For more information, refer to Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) To enter ROUTER BGP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number.
PAGE 67
ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode. For more information, refer to Routing Information Protocol (RIP). To enter ROUTER RIP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router rip command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_rip). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 68
1. To enable VRRP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vrrp-group command then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-if-interface-type-slot/port-vrid-vrrp-group-id). Determining Chassis Mode Chassis mode in Dell Networking OS determines which hardware is being supported in an E-Series chassis.
PAGE 69
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000platform. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system.
PAGE 70
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 71
E-Series Original command. HTTP Copy via CLI Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). This feature is supported on platform. Syntax copy http://10.16.206.77/sample_file flash://sample_filecopy flash://sample_file http://10.16.206.77/sample_file You can copy from the server to the switch and vice-versa. Parameters copy http: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.16.206.
PAGE 72
copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). Syntax copy compressed-config source-file-url destination-file-url Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: compressedconfig file-url 72 Enter the keyword compressed-config to copy one file, after optimizing and reducing the size of the configuration file, to another location.
PAGE 73
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the compressed-config parameter. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 addressing support for FTP, TFTP, and SCP. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 74
configuration to the startup config in the compressed mode and to perform an image downgrade without any configuration loss are provided. Two existing exec mode CLIs are enhanced to display and store the running configuration in the compressed mode. Example Dell#copy running-config scp:/ Address or name of remote host []: 10.10.10.
PAGE 75
no-confirm • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename or directory name. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-confirm to specify that Dell Networking OS does not require user input for each file prior to deletion. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 76
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 77
Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command).
PAGE 78
CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file – are lost. If you do decide to format the specified flash, consider saving the running configuration as the startup configuration after formatting the flash (use the write memory command or copy run start command). Related Commands • copy — copy one file to another location. • show file-systems — Display information about the file systems on the system. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
PAGE 79
restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {0-5 | all} {clear-all | bootvar | nvram} factorydefaults Return the system to its factory default mode. 0-5 Enter the stack member unit identifier to restore only the mentioned stack-unit. all Enter the keyword all to restore all units in the stack. bootvar Enter the keyword bootvar to reset boot line.
PAGE 80
When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-alone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command.
PAGE 81
5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# Example (single stack) Dell#restore factory-defaults stack-unit 0 clear-all ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.)* * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
PAGE 82
Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax Parameters show boot system {stack-unit {0-11 | 0-7 | 0-5 | all}} all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all line cards and rpms. stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number to display boot image information for a stack-unit.
PAGE 83
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example File Management Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 84
show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Command Fields Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
PAGE 85
Field Description • Prefixes Related Commands w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified.
PAGE 86
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 87
File Management aaa for the current AAA configuration acl for the current ACL configuration arp for the current static ARP configuration as-path for the current AS-path configuration bfd for the current BFD configuration bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration communitylist for the current community-list configuration ecmp-group for the cu
PAGE 88
lldp for the current LLDP configuration load-balance for the current port-channel loadbalance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementeis for the current management EIS configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mro
PAGE 89
rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-
PAGE 90
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 91
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 92
show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields 92 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 93
Example (SSeries) Lines Beginning With Description 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Application Software Version: E7-8-1-13 Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 94
Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell# Example (S6000) Dell#S6000#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-119) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Tue Mar 18 10:32:02 PDT 2014 Build Path: /work.
PAGE 95
flash: After entering the keyword flash:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: flash// filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. A: | B: Enter the partition to upgrade from the flash. stack-unit: Enter the keywords stack-unit: to synch the image to the stack-unit.
PAGE 96
Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command. To copy Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members, use the upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) command. Example 96 Dell# upgrade system ? ftp: Copy from remote file system (ftp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath) scp: Copy from remote file system (scp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath) tftp: Copy from remote file system (tftp://hostip/filepath) Dell# upgrade system ftp://username:password@10.11.1.
PAGE 97
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 98
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 99
banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays. Example Dell(conf)#banner exec ? LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character Dell(conf)#banner exec % Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'. This is the banner% Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started.
PAGE 100
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 101
This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%).
PAGE 102
banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays. Related Commands banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner login — sets a banner to display after successful login to the system. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 103
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 104
cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. Syntax cam-acl-vlan vlanopenflow {0|1} vlaniscsi {0|1} Defaults Disabled. Parameters vlanopenflow Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks and enable OpenFlow. (Default) Enter the number 0 to disable OpenFlow. vlaniscsi Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks for iSCSI. Enter the number 0 to disable iSCSI CAM allocation. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 105
aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the auxiliary port. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 106
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode.
PAGE 107
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 108
• Example config Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
PAGE 109
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15.
PAGE 110
Version 8.3.10.0 Usage Information Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. enable xfp-power-updates Enable 10–gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) power updates for SNMP. Syntax Parameters enable xfp-power-updates interval seconds interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds.
PAGE 111
Usage Information The chassis MIB contains the entry chSysXfpRecvPower in the chSysPortTable table. Periodically, IFA polls the XFP power for each of the ports and sends the values to IFM where it is cached. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
PAGE 112
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command.
PAGE 113
E-Series Original command. Usage Information To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example Dell con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 114
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 115
331 Password required Password: 230 User logged in ftp> pwd 257 Current directory is "flash:" ftp> dir 200 Port set okay 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection size date time name -------- ------ ------ -------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.018 seconds (17.
PAGE 116
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path. Without a toplevel directory path specified, the Dell Networking OS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server. Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the E-Series.
PAGE 117
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system.
PAGE 118
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The hostname is used in the prompt. ip http source-interface Specify an interface as the source interface for HTTP connections. This feature is supported on platform. Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command.
PAGE 119
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip ftp source interface Configuring source interface for ftp communications. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 120
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections.
PAGE 121
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 122
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip ftp vrf Configures an FTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the FTP server.
PAGE 123
ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 124
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can enable the TELNET server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both.
PAGE 125
Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 126
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information If you configure a TELNET client to use a specific VRF, then you need not explicitly specify the same VRF during the TELNET client sessions corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 127
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Verison 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 128
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to make the TFTP clients VRF aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the TFTP client to reach the TFTP server. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series.
PAGE 129
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL).
PAGE 130
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 131
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 132
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 133
Example (IPv4) Symbol Description . Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for a reply. U A destination unreachable error PDU was received. Q Source quench (destination too busy). M Could not fragment. ? Unknown packet type. & Packet lifetime exceeded. Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.
PAGE 134
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 135
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 136
localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp. showtimezone (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword show-timezone to include the time zone information in the timestamp. uptime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword uptime to have the timestamp based on time elapsed since system reboot. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 137
show alarms View alarms currently active in the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show alarms [threshold] threshold • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celcuis for each level. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 138
Alarm Type Duration ---------------------------------------------No major alarms Dell# show cam-acl-vlan Display the block sizes allocated for the VLAN CAM ACL. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on S4810.
PAGE 139
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after an RPM failover.
PAGE 140
[11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/4]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[interface gigabitethernet 0/5]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[no ip address]by default from console [11/20 15:47:23]: CMD-(CLI):[shutdown]by default from console [11/20 21:17:35]: CMD-(CLI):[line console 0]by default from console [11/20 21:17:36]: CM
PAGE 141
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Reload the system to reset the command-tree counters.
PAGE 142
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 143
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Control and Monitoring Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 144
show environment View S-Series and Z-Series system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax Parameters show environment [all | fan | stack-unit unit-id | pem] all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis dependent. stack-unit unitid Enter the keyword stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 145
0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage TempStatus -------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 online 36C ok 1 * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor0 Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 Sensor5 Sensor6 ------------------
PAGE 146
show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. Syntax Parameters show inventory [media slot] media slot (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory. NOTE: This parameter is available but not supported in Dell Networking Operating System version 8.3.11.4.
PAGE 147
Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Rev Piece Part ID Rev Svc Tag Exprs Svc Code -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 S6000-01-FE-32T NA 08YWFG A00 CN-08YWFG-28298-39Q-0015 A00 24N1VS1 463 414 838 5 0 S6000-PWR-AC NA 0T9FNW A00 CN-0T9FNW-28298-39Q-0005 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0009 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0007 A00 NA NA 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q
PAGE 148
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax Parameters show memory [stack-unit id] stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID of the S-Series stack member to display memory information on the designated stack member. The unit ID range from 0 to 11. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 149
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit id | summary | [stack-unit id]] managementunit 1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the keyword details to display all running processes (except sysdlp).
PAGE 150
stack-unit summary | Unit Number Summary of CPU utilization Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------UNIT0 3% 3% 1% Dell#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 13.17 11.53 0.00 CORE 2 9.38 12.16 0.00 Overall 11.28 11.84 0.
PAGE 151
Process: system PID: 0 CPU usage: 1min - 13.37% 5min - 12.94% CoreID: 3 Process: sysdlp PID: 428 CPU usage: - 2.56% 5min - 3.40% CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 CPU usage: - 0.96% 5min - 2.50% CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) Invoked 1Min 5Min TTY Thread 56 20 2 0.00% 0.00% 0 usm 55 10 1 0.00% 0.00% 0 DHCLIENT 54 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cms 53 60 6 0.00% 0.00% 0 portmirr 52 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 cfgDataSync 51 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0 sysCompMgr 50 50 5 0.01% 0.00% 0 statMgr 49 1010 101 0.07% 0.08% 0 sflCp 48 30 3 0.00% 0.
PAGE 152
0.12% 0.16% 0x00000132 0.10% 0.13% 0x0000028d 0.05% 0.12% 0x000000a9 0.03% 0.06% 0x00000253 0.02% 0.02% 0x00000206 0.02% 0.03% 0x00000012 0.10% 0.12% 0x0000024d 0.08% 0.14% Related Commands 0 0 420 410 0 200 0 100 0 140 0 1290 0 0 400 igmp 42 vrrp 41 ovsdbsvr 20 arpm 10 otm 14 tnlmgr 129 mount_mfs 40 xstp 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.20% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
PAGE 153
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 154
Example (SSeries) • After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. • In the S-Series example, a retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement. Dell#show processes ipc flow-control ? cp Control Processor | Pipe through a command show processes memory Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series or Z-Series system.
PAGE 155
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Added the management-unit option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 156
aclAgent 90770 ifagt_1 21318 dsagt 6504 MacAgent 269778 Example (managementunit) 16564 16564 0 0 74206 21318 6504 269778 74206 4754 6504 269778 Dell#show processes management-unit Total : 151937024, MaxUsed : 111800320 [2/25/2008 4:18:53] CurrentUsed: 98848768, CurrentFree: 53088256 SharedUsed : 13007848, SharedFree : 7963696 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 337 KernLrnAgMv 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 331 vrrp 5189632 249856 50572 0 50572 50572 323 frrp 5206016 241664 369238 0 369238 369238 322
PAGE 157
ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics. ifcb interface Enter the keyword ifcb then one of the following interface IDs then the slot/port information to display interface control block information for that interface: stack-unit unitID • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet.
PAGE 158
ACL 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x867f50c3 0x000f0218 OSPF 0 0x00000dfa 0x00400098 0x00000000 0x00000000 PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 V6
PAGE 159
command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". Version 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 160
Reload-Type normal-reload] : normal-reload [Next boot : -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 161
Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 162
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches. Syntax Parameters show tech-support [stack-unit unit-id | page] stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit-id. page (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time. Press the SPACE BAR to view the next 24 lines.
PAGE 163
This display output is an accumulation of the same information that is displayed when you execute one of the following show commands: Example (SSeries) • show version • show clock • show running-config • show system stack-ports • show interfaces • show process memory • show process cpu • show file system • show system • show environment • show ip traffic • show ip management route • show ip route summary • show Inventory • show log summary • show command-history (last 20 com
PAGE 164
Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-168) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Sun Mar 23 22:17:49 PDT 2014 Build Path: /work.local/build/buildSpaces/build01/E9-4-0/SW/SRC Dell Networking OS uptime is 32 minute(s) System image file is "s6000" System Type: S6000 Control Processor: Intel Centerton with 3203911680 bytes of memory, core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory.
PAGE 165
ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. Syntax Parameters ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 166
ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. sourceinterface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface. Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 167
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. telnet-peer-stack-unit Open a Telnet connection to the peer stack unit. Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured. Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 168
Defaults 24 lines Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 169
• 30 hops max • 40 byte packet size • UDP port = 33434 Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 170
TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 002.000 ms 2 gwegress-sjc-02.Dell Networking.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.Dell Networking.com (10.11.127.254) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 4 www.Dell Networking.com (10.11.84.18) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 171
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently.
PAGE 172
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6.
PAGE 173
Usage Information Control and Monitoring Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 174
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking platform. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 175
Parameters seconds Enter a transmit interval. The intervals are 1, 10, 60, and 600. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 176
database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. Syntax Parameters database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 100 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 177
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. domain Create the maintenance domain. Syntax Parameters domain name md-level number name Name the maintenance domain. md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 178
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP.
PAGE 179
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mip Create a maintenance intermediate point (MIP). Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mip domain {name | level} ma-name name domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name then the name of the maintenance association.
PAGE 180
mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP. Syntax Parameters mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 181
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds.
PAGE 182
ping ethernet Send a loopback message. Syntax Parameters ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name ma-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name and then enter the maintenance association name. dest-mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the target of the ping. mac-addr mac-address Enter the keyword mac-addr and then enter the MAC address that is the target of the ping.
PAGE 183
Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 184
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 185
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 186
show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 187
show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port] interface type Enter the keyword interface then the interface type. slot/port Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 188
show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 189
Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 190
traceroute cache size Set the size of the link trace cache. Syntax Parameters traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 191
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 802.1ag Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 192
6 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 193
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 194
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 195
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 196
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command).
PAGE 197
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) — Enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 198
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Configuration) — Enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 199
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-failvlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 200
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added the multi-auth option on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.3.2.0 Added the single-host and multi-host options on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. • Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port and drops all other traffic on the port. • Multi-host mode authenticates the first host to respond to an Identity Request and then permits all other traffic on the port.
PAGE 201
Version 8.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
PAGE 202
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode. Syntax Parameters dot1x max-supplicants number number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port.
PAGE 203
Parameters forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 204
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 205
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 206
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 207
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-gi-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out.
PAGE 208
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 209
mac-address • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 210
Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping interface tengigabitethernet 0/32 mac-address 00:00:00:00:00:10 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.1p CoS re-map table on Te 0/32: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 211
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.
PAGE 212
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH
PAGE 213
7 Boot User Mode All commands in this chapter are available in Boot User mode on the S5000. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter Boot User mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode. boot change Change the boot parameters in the operating system.
PAGE 214
boot messages disable Deactivate the NetBSD boot log. By default, the NetBSD log is disabled. S5000 Syntax boot messages disable Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. boot messages enable Enable the NetBSD boot log. By default, the NetBSD log is disabled. S5000 Syntax boot messages enable Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Usage Notes Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell recommends that the NetBSD log remain disabled on the S5000.
PAGE 215
Number of Network Boot Config Retries is : 0 boot write net config retries Set the number of retries used for a network boot configuration failure. S5000 Syntax boot write net config retries number Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER# boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2. boot zero Clear the primary, secondary, or default boot parameters in the operating system.
PAGE 216
Command Modes Command History BOOT USER Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. enable Set the access privilege level. S5000 Syntax enable {user | admin} Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. help Display the Help menu. S5000 Syntax help Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example 216 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 217
default-gateway default-gateway - set the default gateway ip address enable [user|admin] change access privilege level -(26%)-Use to continue, q to stop: help display help menu ignore enable-password ignore enable password ignore startup-config ignore system starup-config interface management ethernet ip address set the management port ip address and mask interface management port config 1000m set the management port at 1000m interface management port config 100m set the manageme
PAGE 218
ignore enable password Ignore the enabled password. S5000 Syntax ignore enable password Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ignore startup config Ignore the system startup configuration. S5000 Syntax ignore startup config Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. interface management ethernet ip address Set the IP address and mask of the management port.
PAGE 219
interface management port config Set the speed or transmission mode of the management port. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface management port config {10m | 100m | 1000m | autonegotiate | no auto-negotiate | full-duplex | half-duplex} 10m Set the management port to operate at 10 Mbps. 100m Set the management port to operate at 100 Mbps. 1000m Set the management port to operate at 1000 Mbps. auto-negotiate Set the management port to auto-negotiate its speed with a peer device.
PAGE 220
no interface management ethernet ip address Clear the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax no interface management ethernet ip address Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. reload Reload the S5000 switch. S5000 Syntax reload Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show boot blc Display the current boot-loop counter value.
PAGE 221
show boot selection Display the currently selected bootflash partition to be used for a ROM bootstrap operation. S5000 Syntax show boot selection Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show boot selection ROM BOOTSTRAP SELECTOR PARMETERS: ================================ Next ROM bootstrap set to occur from Bootflash partition A. Last ROM bootstrap occurred from Bootflash partition B.
PAGE 222
BOOT_USER # show bootvar Display information about the boot parameters used in the operating system. S5000 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 223
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show default-gateway Gateway IP address: 10.11.210.63 show interface management ethernet Display the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax show interface management ethernet Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show interface management ethernet Management ethernet IP address: 10.11.210.
PAGE 224
8 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform.
PAGE 225
NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 226
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 227
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
PAGE 228
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 229
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
PAGE 230
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — configures an extended ACL. ip control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv4 CPU traffic. Syntax ip control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 231
in | out Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 232
show ip access-lists Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax Parameters show ip access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] [vrf vrf-name] access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 233
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
PAGE 234
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 235
To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any,” that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 236
show config — displays the current configuration. permit To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source [mask]| any | host ip-address} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 237
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 238
Step-toIncrement Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 239
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 240
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 241
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list denies all IP protocols.
PAGE 242
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 243
Related Commands deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP packets. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP packets. ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 244
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 245
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 246
• 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 247
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match.
PAGE 248
deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 248 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 249
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 250
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
PAGE 251
To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 252
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults 252 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 253
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 254
address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D.
PAGE 255
• 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 256
Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 257
permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 258
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 259
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 260
Defaults Command Modes Command History access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 261
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter.
PAGE 262
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 263
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 264
The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical, Port-channel and VLAN interfaces. As per the specified rules in the acl, the traffic on the interface/ VLAN members or Port-channel members will be permitted or denied. clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. Syntax Parameters clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 265
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). NOTE: This option is available only with the keywordin option. in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. NOTE: The option is not available on the S-Series.
PAGE 266
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC ACL. mac access-list extended — configures an extended MAC ACL.
PAGE 267
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced. show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 268
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 269
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
PAGE 270
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets.
PAGE 271
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. NOTE: Ingress ACLs are supported on C-Series and S-Series platforms only.
PAGE 272
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 273
To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 274
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 275
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 276
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.
PAGE 277
cpu-qos Enter the keywords cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 278
5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list. show mac accounting access-list — displays MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 279
ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
PAGE 280
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets.
PAGE 281
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 282
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list.
PAGE 283
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list — displays IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 284
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 285
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 286
seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 287
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 288
With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match. The behavior is: • A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause.
PAGE 289
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 290
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured community list.
PAGE 291
match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • . • For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 292
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 293
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric.
PAGE 294
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 295
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 296
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 297
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 298
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 299
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
PAGE 300
prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. If you do not define a keyword (permit or deny) for the route map, the permit action is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 301
To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 302
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.
PAGE 303
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 304
Parameters communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to drop all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
PAGE 305
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter. Syntax set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stubarea} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command.
PAGE 306
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter.
PAGE 307
Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default local-preference command. Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric.
PAGE 308
Related Commands set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command.
PAGE 309
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command.
PAGE 310
If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command.
PAGE 311
set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 312
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
PAGE 313
show config Display the current route map configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 314
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 315
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 316
Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list acc permit 750 deny 10 IP Community List Commands IP community list commands are supported on the platform. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command.
PAGE 317
Example Dell(conf)#ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. Syntax Parameters show ip community-lists [name] name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 318
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 319
capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
PAGE 320
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 321
seq (for Standard IPv4 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 322
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 323
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 324
[operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 325
deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter that drops ARP packets on egress ACL supported line cards. (For more information, refer to your line card documentation).
PAGE 326
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 327
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 328
deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter that drops specified types of Ethernet packets on egress ACL supported line cards. (For more information, refer to your line card documentation).
PAGE 329
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 330
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
PAGE 331
deny (for Extended MAC ACLs) To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]][log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 332
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 333
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 334
permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
PAGE 335
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 336
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 337
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 338
ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 339
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 340
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 341
enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic.
PAGE 342
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 343
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 344
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 345
Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 346
| opcode code-number} [count [byte]] [order] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated.
PAGE 347
egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 348
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 349
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 350
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 351
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 352
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 353
permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria. Syntax permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6address} [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 354
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 355
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 356
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 357
ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 358
Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 359
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 360
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 361
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 362
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 363
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 364
9 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This chapter describes the access control list (ACL) VLAN group and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
PAGE 365
ip access-group Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters ip access-group {group name} out implicit-permit group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 366
Command History Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information When an ACL-VLAN-Group name or the Access List Group Name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show acl-vlan-group command output. Examples The following sample illustrates the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
PAGE 367
show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of flow processor (FP) blocks that is allocated for the different VLAN services. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms. After CAM configuration for ACL VLAN groups is performed, you must reboot the system to enable the settings to be stored in nonvolatile storage.
PAGE 368
VlanHp VlanFcoe : : 1 1 cam-acl-vlan Allocate the number of flow processor (FP) blocks or entries for VLAN services and processes. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-vlan { default | vlanopenflow <0-2> | vlaniscsi <0-2> | vlanaclopt <0-2> default Reset the number of FP blocks to default. By default, 0 groups are allocated for the ACL in VCAP. ACL VLAN groups or CAM optimization is not enabled by default, and you need to allocate the slices for CAM optimization.
PAGE 369
show cam-usage View the amount of CAM space available, used, and remaining in each partition (including IPv4Flow and Layer 2 ACL sub-partitions). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage.
PAGE 370
Example 1: Output of the show camusage Command Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command 370 Dell#show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | | 688 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | | 31636 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | | 12286 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | | 262127 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | | 2833 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | | 9215 | | IN-L3-Q
PAGE 371
| 123 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 7 | 199 Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
PAGE 372
| | 0 | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of all or a given ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters show running config acl-vlan-group group name group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display only the ACL VLAN group that is specified. The maximum group name is 140 characters. EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version 9.3. (0.
PAGE 373
Parameters group-name Specify the name of the ACL VLAN group. The name can contain a maximum 140 characters. Default No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms You can have up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at any given time. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter the ACL VLAN Group Configuration mode.
PAGE 374
Command History Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL platforms Usage Information The output for this command displays in a line-by-line format. This allows the ACLVLAN-Group names (or the Access List Group Names) to display in their entirety. Examples The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
PAGE 375
10 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking operating software implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port-channels BFD is supported on the platform.
PAGE 376
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 377
neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values (configured with the bfd neighbor command). You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands neighbor bfd disable — Explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default.
PAGE 378
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 379
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 380
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 381
Related Commands Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature.
PAGE 382
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 383
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 384
Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. To disable BFD on a specific interface while you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode, use the keyword disable.
PAGE 385
Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 387
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 388
detail • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128. • For VLAN interfaces, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For ExaScale VLAN interfaces, the range is 1 to 2730 (VLAN IDs can be from 0 to 4093).
PAGE 389
Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd neighbor — establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 390
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 390 Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 391
Border Gateway Protocol 11 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 392
address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family. Syntax Parameters address-family [ipv4 {multicast | | ipv6 unicast] ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 393
advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map then the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route.
PAGE 394
In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is also true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed. If the route is injected via the network command, that route still appears in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregateaddress command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements.
PAGE 395
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 396
Usage Information Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command.
PAGE 397
router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP proce
PAGE 398
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command.
PAGE 399
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 400
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster.
PAGE 402
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 403
neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.
PAGE 404
connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. Dell Networking OS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation. Similarly, if BGP confederation is configured, then BGP does not allow the configuration of local-as.
PAGE 405
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors.
PAGE 406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters.
PAGE 407
Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 408
Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 409
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
PAGE 410
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 411
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 412
This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 413
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 414
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 415
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 416
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 417
bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 418
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax Parameters capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-10240000 0 Enter a size for the capture buffer. Defaults 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 419
To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 420
as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset all prefixes from that neighbor. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor.
PAGE 421
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 422
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 423
• $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 424
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 425
updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 426
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to debug route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
PAGE 427
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 428
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 429
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 430
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug.
PAGE 431
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out] command.
PAGE 432
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command.
PAGE 433
Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 434
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 435
are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. max-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Syntax max-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
PAGE 436
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 437
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
PAGE 438
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 439
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 440
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 441
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 442
You cannot set this configuration for a peer that is associated with a peer group. Similarly, you cannot associate a peer to a peer group if that peer is already configured with these settings. In order that settings corresponding to the neighbor default-originate command take effect, you must execute the clear ip bgp command immediately after you execute the neighbor default-originate command. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 443
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefixlist-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 444
neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 445
neighbor fail-over Enable or disable fast fail-over for BGP neighbors. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 446
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list (up to 140 characters). If the AS-PATH access list is not configured, the default is permit (allow routes). Defaults Command Modes Command History in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Not configured.
PAGE 447
To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds.
PAGE 448
neighbor local-as To accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path, configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [noprepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 449
This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} maximum-prefix maximum command.
PAGE 450
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 451
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, the configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password [encryptiontype] password To delete a password, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} password command.
PAGE 452
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
PAGE 453
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 454
show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 455
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 456
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 457
bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 458
If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 459
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 460
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed.
PAGE 461
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. extended Optional. Enter the keyword extended to send extended community attribute. standard Optional. Enter the keyword standard to send standard community attribute. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 462
All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 463
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 464
To disable, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration inbound command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 465
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0.0.0.0/0. mask Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x).
PAGE 466
Defaults peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds.
PAGE 467
neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} update-source interface command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 468
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} weight command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 469
Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24).
PAGE 470
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
PAGE 471
The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 472
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 473
To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command. As BGP does not query next-hop information corresponding to locally originated routes, a local route with an unreachable next-hop is chosen as the best route. When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active.
PAGE 474
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured BGP does not allow 23456 (AS-TRANS) as a configured AS number.
PAGE 475
Example Dell(conf-router_bgp)#show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 20.20.20.2 Incoming packet capture enabled for BGP neighbor 20.20.20.
PAGE 476
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell(conf-router_bgp)#show config ! router bgp 100 network 1.1.11.1/32 network 1.1.12.1/32 network 1.1.13.1/32 neighbor 10.1.1.2 remote-as 200 neighbor 10.1.1.2 no shutdown show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 477
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason.
PAGE 478
neighbor maximum-prefix — controls the number of network prefixes received. show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp[vrf vrf-name] paths [regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all path attributes in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on all path attributes in the BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 479
Usage Information Example Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF for the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example.
PAGE 480
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 481
Example Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 400 500 600 i *>I 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 482
You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE.
PAGE 483
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
PAGE 484
Network Weight Path *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 i show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list (maximum 140 characters).
PAGE 485
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 486
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths ipv4 unicast • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 487
Example Field Description Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 488
Example Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 489
FixedPartCrt 1 : VarParCrt 1 Packet Capture max allowed length 40960000 : current length 0 Peer Grp List Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Information AFIndex 0 NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 : AFRttP 0x41a0d200 : NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 : NdRTMAFTblVer 0 : NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688 NdRibCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAFPrefix 0 : NdAfNLRIP 0 : NdAFNLRILen 0 : NdAFWPtrP 0 NdAFWLen 0 : NdAfNH : NdAFRedRttP 0x41a0d400 : NdRecCtxAdd 1101110868 NdRedCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAfRedMkrP 0x41a19e88 : AFAggRttP 0x41a0d600 : AfAggCtxA
PAGE 490
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command.
PAGE 491
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] filter-list as-path-name ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 492
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 493
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. The range is 140 characters. regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match. The range is 256 characters. • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
PAGE 494
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped. Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available.
PAGE 495
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 496
* * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
PAGE 497
advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampenedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighborspecific internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes.
PAGE 498
Usage Information Version 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. Version 6.3.10 The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes. After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates.
PAGE 499
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Soft reconfiguration This line indicates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy.
PAGE 500
Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0
PAGE 501
Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 502
Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp paths as-path command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 503
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.
PAGE 504
Parameters ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group.
PAGE 505
Example Line beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor. Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, an * is displayed next to the IP address.
PAGE 506
NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 507
BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections.
PAGE 508
associated with thousand routes that contain exactly the same set of attributes, then the cluster_id count is 1. If these thousand routes are set with different attribute values with the same cluster_id, then the cluster_id count is 1000, since the same value is stored for thousand different attribute records. The attribute next-hop is a part of the BGP attribute data structure.
PAGE 509
Field Description TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage.
PAGE 510
InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 0 0 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.2 100 0 0 00:00:00 (shut) Dell# 10 8 0 0 22 0 show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 511
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
PAGE 512
Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for S-Series IPv4 Multicast Only address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv4 multicast command. Parameters ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI.
PAGE 513
as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. attribute-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address.
PAGE 514
bgp dampening Enable MBGP route dampening. Syntax bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life time (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
PAGE 515
peer-group Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group to clear all members of a peer-group. EXEC Privilege Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv4 multicast network network-mask dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
PAGE 516
regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
PAGE 517
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 518
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command. Parameters updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 519
Defaults internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 520
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series.
PAGE 521
• Command Modes Command History seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
PAGE 522
To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list prefix-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 523
To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-groupname] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list (up to 140 characters). If the AS-PATH access list is not configured, the default is permit (allow routes).
PAGE 524
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the S5000 software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75.
PAGE 525
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 526
in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 527
Usage Information The first time you enter this command, it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. If you configure a route reflector, internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed. When you disable all clients of a route reflector, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table.
PAGE 528
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information FTOS software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into the BGP. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP.
PAGE 529
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If you do not configure the default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command.
PAGE 530
Usage Information When you enter the redistribute isis process-id command without any other parameters, FTOS redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. This feature is not supported by an RFC. This feature is not supported by an RFC. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast View the current MBGP routing table for the system.
PAGE 531
Example Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. FTOS#show ip bgp ipv4 multicast BGP table version is 14, local router ID is 100.10.10.1 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *>I 25.1.0.0/16 *>I 25.2.0.0/16 *>I 25.3.0.0/16 *>r 144.1.0.
PAGE 532
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv4 multicast community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups.
PAGE 533
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. show ip bgp community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv4 multicast community-list community-list-name communitylist-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
PAGE 534
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event.
PAGE 535
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 536
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 537
Command Modes Command History Usage Information advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampenedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Display detailed neighbor information. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes.
PAGE 538
Example 538 Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family.
PAGE 539
ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Update source set to Loopback 0 For address family: IPv4 Multicast BGP table version 14, neighbor version 14 3 accepted prefixes consume 12 bytes Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:03:17, due to user reset Notification History 'Connection Reset' Sent : 1 Recv: 0 Local host: 100.10.10.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 25.25.25.
PAGE 540
summary Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. Introduced on the S5000. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group.
PAGE 541
BGP AS-PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized.
PAGE 542
BGP table version is 14, main routing table version 14 7 network entrie(s) and 7 paths using 972 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 112 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 35 bytes of memory Neighbor State/Pfx 25.25.25.25 00:02:04 211.1.1.129 Active FTOS# AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down 6400 3 640 21 9 14 0 0 28 6 0 0 0 00:00:21 BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute.
PAGE 543
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 544
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#deny regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command.
PAGE 545
ip extcommunity-list To enter the Extended Community-list mode, use this feature. Syntax ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command. Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 546
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 547
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 548
Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 549
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 550
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 551
ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to display the IPv6 unicast route information. name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the extcommunity-list. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 552
Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 553
0x41d57024 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.3:1285 Dell# show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 554
show running-config extcommunity-list To display the current configuration of the extended community lists, use this feature. Syntax Parameters show running-config extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 555
Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) 12 Bare metal provisioning (BMP) is supported on the Dell Networking platform. BMP 3.0 is supported on the platform. In a data center network, BMP automates the configuration and updating of switches, ensuring standard configurations across the installed devices. You can configure autoconfiguration on a single switch or on multiple switches. BMP allows you to set up a stack with a minimum of effort, but is also useful for quick configuration of a single switch.
PAGE 556
normal-reload Enable the normal reload type and disable BMP reload type. The system retrieves the Dell Networking OS image and startup-configuration files from the flash after performing a reload. auto-save Configure the auto save option to save the downloaded configuration or script file. They are not saved by default. When auto save is configured, downloaded configurations are automatically saved to the startup configuration.
PAGE 557
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced support for vendor-class-identifier that replaces deprecated parameter user-defined-string Also added support for retry-count. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Updated the command mode from EXEC Privilege to GLOBAL CONFIGURATION. Updated the parameter from jumpstart to bmp. Added support for the config-scr-download and user-defined-string commands. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 558
show reload-type Display the reload type currently configured on the system. Syntax show reload-type Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History To execute the post-configuration script after applying the startup configuration, Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Updated output example to include auto-save and retrycount parameters. Version 9.1(0.0) Updated reload type parameters. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 559
stop jump-start To prevent an infinite loop, stop the switch from reloading in BMP mode. Syntax stop jumpstart NOTE: This command has been deprecated. It has been replaced by the stop bmp command. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.
PAGE 560
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 13 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
PAGE 561
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 562
Command Modes 562 Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. Vman-qos| vman-dual-qos number Enter the keyword evman-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN QoS. The range is from 0 to 6. vman-dual-qos number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS.
PAGE 563
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 564
cam-acl-egress (Configuration) Select the FP groups for CAM access control lists for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} default Reset the egress CAM ACL entries to the default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount of CAM space to be allotted.
PAGE 565
cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. Syntax Parameters cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.
PAGE 566
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 567
ipv4pbr vrfv4Acl Openflow fedgovacl Example (NonDefault) : : : : 0 0 0 0 Dell#show running-config | grep cam cam-acl l2acl 2 ipv4acl 3 ipv6acl 0 ipv4qos 2 l2qos 2 l2pt 0 ipmacacl 0 vman-qos 2 ecfmacl 0 ipv4pbr 2 Dell# Dell#show cam-acl (Non-Default) -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 3 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 2 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 2 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0
PAGE 568
test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters. number Enter all to get information for all the linecards/stack-units or enter the linecard/ stack-unit number to get information for a specific card. The range is 0-7 for all other S-Series.
PAGE 569
Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 570
Example (SSeries) FTOS#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraIn stack-unit all Stack-Unit|Portpipe|CAM Partition|AvailableCAM|EstimatedCAM per Port|Status ----------------------------------------------------------------------0| 0| IPv4Flow| 102| 0|Allowed 0| 1| IPv4Flow| 102| 0|Allowed FTOS# ! FTOS#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraIn stack-unit 0 portset 1 Stack-Unit|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|EstimatedCAM per Port|Status ----------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 571
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 14 The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 572
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 573
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL.
PAGE 574
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations.
PAGE 575
Example Dell#show cpu-queue rate cp Service-Queue Rate (PPS) -----------------------Q0 1300 Q1 300 Q2 300 Q3 400 Q4 2000 Q5 300 Q6 400 Q7 400 Q8 400 Q9 600 Q10 300 Q11 300 Burst () ----------512 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 576
_ _ ICMP _ _ IGMP _ _ TCP (MSDP) _ _ UDP (NTP) _ _ OSPF _ _ PIM _ _ UDP (RIP) _ _ TCP (SSH) _ _ TCP (TELNET) _ _ VRRP _ _ Dell# Dell# Dell# Dell# Dell# any any _ Q6 any any _ Q11 any/639 639/any _ Q11 any 123 _ Q6 any any _ Q9 any any _ Q11 any 520 _ Q9 any 22 _ Q6 any 23 _ Q6 any any _ Q10 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 577
Rate (kbps) -----------------TCP (BGP) _ ICMPV6 NA _ ICMPV6 RA _ ICMPV6 NS _ ICMPV6 RS _ ICMPV6 _ VRRPV6 _ OSPFV3 _ Dell# Dell# Dell# -------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -------- ------- ----- any/179 179/any _ Q9 any any _ Q6 any any _ Q6 any any _ Q5 any any _ Q5 any any _ Q6 any any _ Q10 any any _ Q9 ------ show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 578
Q6 FRRP Q7 LACP Q7 LLDP Q8 GVRP Q8 STP Q7 ISIS Q9 Q9 Dell# 578 CP _ 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 CP _ 01:80:c2:00:00:02 CP _ any CP _ 01:80:c2:00:00:21 CP _ 01:80:c2:00:00:00 CP _ 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 CP _ 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 CP any 0x8809 0x88cc any any any any Control Plane Policing (CoPP)
PAGE 579
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 15 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 580
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 581
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 582
Usage Information As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBx starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported. DCBx also validates PFC configurations received in TLVs from peer devices. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
PAGE 583
• PFC still allows you to configure lossless queues on a port to ensure no-drop handling of lossless traffic. When you apply an input policy to an interface, an error message is displayed if: • The PFC dot1p priorities result in more than two lossless port queues globally on the switch. • You already enabled link-level flow control. PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. In a switch stack, configure all stacked ports with the same PFC configuration.
PAGE 584
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 585
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you configure PFC on a 40GbE port, count the 40GbE port as four PFC-enabled ports in the pfc-port number you enter in the command syntax.
PAGE 586
Version 8.3.16.0 Related Commands Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • dcb-input — creates a DCB PFC input policy. • dcb-policy input — applies the output policy. • dcb-output — creates a DCBETS output policy. • dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. pfc link-delay Configure the link delay used to pause specified priority traffic. Syntax pfc link-delay value To remove the link delay, use the no pfc link-delay command.
PAGE 587
Related Commands dcb-input — creates a DCB input policy. pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 588
Related Commands dcb-input — creates a DCB input policy. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command. Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7.
PAGE 589
dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused. Separate the priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc priority 1,3,5-7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 590
Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. You can enable any number of 802.1p priorities for PFC. Queues to which PFC priority traffic is mapped are lossless by default.
PAGE 591
Usage Information Specify a stack-unit number on the Master switch in a stack. Example Dell# show dcb stack-unit 0 port-set 0 DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay.
PAGE 592
Field Description Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 593
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted.
PAGE 594
Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
PAGE 595
0 5 0 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show qos dcb-input Displays the PFC configuration in a DCB input policy. Syntax Parameters show qos dcb-input [dcb-input-policy-name] dcb-inputpolicyname Enter the PFC profile. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 596
show stack-unit stack-ports pfc details Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent and received. Syntax Parameters show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | portnumber} pfc details stack-unit Enter the stack unit. port-number Enter the port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 597
bandwidth-percentage Configure the bandwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues. Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the configured bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidthpercentage command. Parameters percentage (Optional) Enter the bandwidth percentage. The percentage range is from 1 to 100% in units of 1%. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT-ETS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 598
By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each priority group in the ETS output policy applied to an egress port if you did not configure bandwidth allocation. The sum of configured bandwidth allocation to dot1p priority traffic in all ETS priority groups must be 100%. Allocate at least 1% of the total bandwidth to each priority group and queue.
PAGE 599
Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 600
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 601
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. When you apply an ETS output policy to on interface, ETS-configured scheduling and bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. When you disable DCB, ETS is disabled by default.
PAGE 602
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 603
ets mode on Enable the ETS configuration so that scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Syntax ets mode on To remove the ETS configuration, use the no ets mode on command. Defaults ETS mode is on. Command Modes DCB OUTPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 604
priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities for the traffic on which you want to apply an ETS output policy. Syntax priority-list value To remove the priority list, use the no priority-list command. Parameters value Enter the priority list value. Separate priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, priority-list 3,5-7. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes PRIORITY-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 605
priority-group To use with an ETS output policy, create an ETS priority group. Syntax priority-group group-name To remove the priority group, use the no priority-group command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the ETS priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 606
You must fully define the priority-group profile with a PGID and priorities before mapping it to a QoS policy because the PGID and priorities are unique keys of the traffic class group (TCG) that define the QoS policy. You must disable the DCB output policy before changing the PGID or priorities of a priority group assigned to that DCB output policy. Related Commands • priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities for an ETS output policy. • set-pgid — configures the priority-group.
PAGE 607
The ETS configuration associated with 802.1p priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers. If you disable ETS in an output policy applied to an interface using the no ets mode on command, any previously configured QoS settings at the interface or global level take effect. If you configure QoS settings at the interface or global level and in an output policy map (the service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence.
PAGE 608
output policy was previously applied, the port is reset to the default ETS parameters. You can only associate output QoS policy profiles with the priority groups in the DCB output profile context; output QoS policy profiles are not permitted on output policy-maps. WRED, ECN, rate shaping, and rate limiting are not supported in output policies because DCBx does not negotiate these parameters with peer devices. You can apply a QoS output policy with WRED and/or rate shaping on a DCBx CIN-enabled interface.
PAGE 609
Usage Information dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping. dot1p priorities within the same queue must have the same traffic properties and scheduling method. ETS-assigned scheduling applies only to data queues, not to control queues. The configuration of bandwidth allocation and strict-queue scheduling is not supported at the same time for a priority group.
PAGE 610
Usage Information Related Commands NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. • priority-group qos-policy — creates an ETS priority group. • priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities.
PAGE 611
Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TL
PAGE 612
Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Err
PAGE 613
0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitetherne
PAGE 614
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy.
PAGE 615
Example (Summary) Dell# show qos dcb-output dcb-output ets priority-group san qos-policy san priority-group ipc qos-policy ipc priority-group lan qos-policy lan show qos priority-groups Displays the ETS priority groups configured on the switch, including the 802.1p priority classes and ID of each group. Syntax show qos priority-groups Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 616
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 617
DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the platform. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 618
• iscsi: enables the advertisement of iSCSI in application priority TLVs. Defaults Application priority TLVs are enabled to advertise FCoE and iSCSI. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 619
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 620
• manual: configures the port to operate only on administer-configured DCB parameters. The port does not accept a DCB configuration received form a peer or a local configuration source. Defaults Manual Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 621
Defaults Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 622
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 623
Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x10 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Down status messages added. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 625
Field Description Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs.
PAGE 626
Example Dell(conf)# show interface tengigabitethernet 0/49 dcbx detail Dell#show interface te 0/49 dcbx detail E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ---------------------------------------
PAGE 627
Step Task Command Command Mode 1 Enter global configuration mode to create a DCB map or edit PFC and ETS settings. dcb-map name CONFIGURATION 2 Configure the PFC setting (on or off) and the ETS bandwidth percentage allocated to traffic in each priority group, or whether the priority group traffic should be handled with strict priority scheduling. You can enable PFC on a maximum of two priority queues on an interface. Enabling PFC for dot1p priorities makes the corresponding port queue lossless.
PAGE 628
ETS settings, and apply the new map to the interfaces to override the previous DCB map settings. Then, delete the original dot1p priority-priority group mapping. If you delete the dot1p priority-priority group mapping (no priority pgid command) before you apply the new DCB map, the default PFC and ETS parameters are applied on the interfaces. This change may create a DCB mismatch with peer DCB devices and interrupt network operation.
PAGE 629
Step Task Command Command Mode fortygigabitEthernet slot/port} 2 Enable PFC on specified priorities. Range: 0-7. Default: None. INTERFACE pfc priority priority-range Maximum number of lossless queues supported on an Ethernet port: 2. Separate priority values with a comma. Specify a priority range with a dash, for example: pfc priority 3,5-7 1.
PAGE 630
Step Task Command Command Mode 5 Apply the DCB map, created to disable the PFC operation, on the interface dcb-map {name | default} INTERFACE 6 Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. For the dot1p-queue assignments. pfc no-drop queuesqueue-range INTERFACE The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on a port is 2.
PAGE 631
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. Syntax Parameters dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. Defaults None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 632
Parameters dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map. dot1p1_groupnum dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_groupnum dot1p4_groupnum dot1p5_groupnum dot1p6_groupnum dot1p7_groupnum Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.
PAGE 633
pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch with the FC Flex IO module. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
PAGE 634
bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100. The sum of all allocated bandwidth percentages in priority groups in a DCB map must be 100%. strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available.
PAGE 635
dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB map on all ports of the switch stack. S5000 Syntax dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all dcb-map-name To remove the PFC and ETS settings in a DCB map from all stack units, use the no dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command. Parameters dcb-mapname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the DCB map. Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 636
Usage Information Use the show qos dcb-map command to display the enhanced transmission selection (ETS) and priority-based flow control (PFC) parameters used to configure server-facing Ethernet ports. S5000 Ethernet ports are DCBx-enabled by default. The following table describes the show qos dcb-map output shown in the example below. Example Field Description State Complete: All mandatory DCB parameters are correctly configured. In progress: The DCB map configuration is not complete.
PAGE 637
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. This utility is supported on the platform. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validaiton is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 638
dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. This utility is supported on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Syntax Parameters dcb buffer—threshold profile-name profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms.
PAGE 639
resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB thresholdvalue Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. sharedthresholdweight Buffer shared threshold weight size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB.
PAGE 640
Parameters policy-name Name of the QoS policy buffer that is applied to an interface for this setting to be effective in conjunction with the DCB input policy. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
PAGE 641
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and MXL platforms. You must apply this buffer policy at the interface level for the attributes to be applicable in conjunction with the DCB input policy. For each QoS policy buffer, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
PAGE 642
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE mode Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process.
PAGE 643
thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example Dell(conf)# dcb-policy buffer-threshold stack-unit all stackports all test show qos dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. This command is supported on the platform.
PAGE 644
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot (With Polling and History) View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. This command is supported on the platform. Syntax Parameters show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X history Y stack-unit number Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
PAGE 645
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. When you enter the “instance all” option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” Output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the “instance id" option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” for specified instance alone is displayed.
PAGE 646
0 0 3 If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances will be displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 647
--------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (inter
PAGE 648
UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCA
PAGE 649
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST
PAGE 650
To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Dell# To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separ
PAGE 651
disable and re-enable DCB. For example, if you modify the total buffer size to be 4000 KB from the previous size of 5000 KB, an error message is displayed that this reduction cannot be performed owing to existing system configuration because of queues that are being currently processed. The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support.
PAGE 652
pfc priority 0 buffer-size pfc priority 3 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test2 pfc priority 0 buffer-size ! dcb-buffer-threshold test3 pfc priority 0 buffer-size threshold 30 40 50 80 pause-threshold 50 80 pause-threshold 60 resume- On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 pfc buffer-threshold -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resumeoffset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (
PAGE 653
Field Description resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. dcb pfc-queues Configure the number of PFC queues. This utility is supported on the and platforms. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-queues value value Enter the number of PFC queues in the range of 0 through 4. The number of ports supported based on lossless queues configured will depend on the buffer.
PAGE 654
Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Limitations Related Commands 654 Version 9.3 (0.1) Introduced on S6000, S4810, and S4820T. PFC and ETS are enabled by default on the interfaces when DCB is globally enabled (refer to dcb enable). In some network topology, you may want to disable PFC on an interface and apply link level flow control; Similarly you may want to disable ETS on an interface and apply QoS bandwidth configurations.
PAGE 655
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 16 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic DHCP commands on the platform.
PAGE 656
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 657
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 658
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference.
PAGE 659
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 660
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 661
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 662
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 663
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 664
pool Create an address pool. Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 665
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 666
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 667
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 668
Related Commands arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters clear ip dhcp snooping {binding | source-address-validation discard-counters [interface interface]} binding Clears the binding table. sourceaddressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters.
PAGE 669
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 670
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 671
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 672
Related Commands Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 673
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 674
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 675
ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] [vpn] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vpn Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82). When DHCP broadcasts are forwarded by the relay agent from clients to DHCP server.
PAGE 676
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 677
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa.
PAGE 678
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.6(0.0) Added the keywords discard-counters, interface, and the variable interface. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 679
packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.
PAGE 680
Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: ip name-server Configures the name server IP addresses for VRF. Using this command, you can configure up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF. Syntax ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address [ip-address2] [ipaddress3] [ip-address4] [ip-address5] [ip-address6] To undo the name server ip address configuration for VRF, use the no ip nameserver [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
PAGE 681
ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF. This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Syntax ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name To undo the domain name configuration corresponding to a specific VRF, use the no ip domain-name [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the domain corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 682
name Enter the name of the domain to be appended to the DNS list corresponding to the VRF. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 683
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to create a mapping between a host name server and its IP addresses for a specific VRF. Example Dell(conf)#ip host vrf jay dell 1.1.1.
PAGE 684
17 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking platform. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
PAGE 685
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 686
ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | portset port-pipe TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of
PAGE 687
Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seedvalue stackunit Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. lag hash algorithm Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed . The range is from 0 to 47.
PAGE 688
Version 7.7.1.1 Usage Information Added the nh-ecmp option. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on ExaScale systems. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the stack—unit option changes the hash for a particular stack—unit by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
PAGE 689
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crc-lower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
PAGE 690
Term heading Description heading various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm.
PAGE 691
FTOS provides a CLI-based solution for modifying the hash seed to ensure that on each configured system, the ECMP selection is same. When configured, the same seed is set for ECMP, LAG, and NH, and is used for incoming traffic only. NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed.
PAGE 692
Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 693
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration.
PAGE 694
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 695
FIPS Cryptography 18 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands on the platform. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 696
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode : Disabled Dell# Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode : Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.
PAGE 697
Example Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled.
PAGE 698
ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, port number, and version of the SSH client. Syntax Parameters ssh {hostname|ipv4 address|ipv6 address} [-c encryption cipher|-l username|-m HMAC alogorithm|-p port-number|-v {1|2}] hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the hostname of the remote device. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
PAGE 699
Without the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. With the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 700
Related Commands Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pubkeys Display the client-public keys. Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 701
Dell#ssh 10.10.10.10 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh aes128-cbc Force ssh aes192-cbc Force ssh aes256-cbc Force ssh aes128-ctr Force ssh aes192-ctr Force ssh aes256-ctr Force ssh Dell#ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 702
19 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 703
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 704
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging.
PAGE 705
interface • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets. • virtual-link-maintenance — Enter the keywords virtual-link-maintenance to enable debugging on FIP clear virtual link frames and keepalives. • vlan-discovery — Enter the keywords vlandiscovery to enable debugging on VLAN requests and notifications.
PAGE 706
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN.
PAGE 707
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fipsnooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 708
Defaults 32 Command Modes • Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The maximum number of supported FIP snooping sessions that you configure is displayed in the running configuration (if it is not the default value) and in show fip-snooping config output. If you configure a smaller number of supported sessions than was previously configured, all current FIP snooping sessions continue and a warning message is displayed.
PAGE 709
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. MXL Switch, Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fipsnooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 710
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show fip-snooping config FIP Snooping Feature enabled Status: Enabled FIP Snooping Global enabled Status: Enabled Global FC-MAP Value: 0X0EFC00 FIP Snooping enabled VLANs VLAN Enabled FC-MAP ----------------100 TRUE 0X0EFC00 show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID.
PAGE 711
Example Field Description ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 712
Example Field Description FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO D Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 713
Usage Information Example The following describes the show fip-snooping sessions command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/ port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns.
PAGE 714
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 714 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example.
PAGE 715
Example FCoE Transit Field Description Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Accepts Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Rejects Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Accepts Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface.
PAGE 716
Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Adve
PAGE 717
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. Syntax show fip-snooping system Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 718
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show fip-snooping vlan * = Default VLAN VLAN FC-MAP FCFs Enodes Sessions ---- ------ ---- ------ -------*1 100 0X0EFC00 1 2 17 show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 719
20 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking platform. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 720
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.
PAGE 721
Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs.
PAGE 722
Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 723
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 724
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 725
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring.
PAGE 726
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 727
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 728
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : GigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member Vlan
PAGE 729
invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms. dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval.
PAGE 730
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 21 The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the platform. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 731
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 732
Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
PAGE 733
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 734
Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 735
Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 736
Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 737
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 738
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — accesses the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. Syntax show garp timers Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 739
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 740
Gi 3/4 Gi 3/5 Gi 3/6 Gi 3/7 Gi 3/8 R3#show gvrp brief Related Commands Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 741
• The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. • "End of PDU" was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. • The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095.
PAGE 742
High Availability (HA) 22 High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the platform. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol.
PAGE 743
Usage Information The patch filename includes the Dell Networking OS version, the platform, the CPU, and the process it affects (FTOS-platform-cpu-processpatchversion.rtp). For example, a patch labeled “7.8.1.0-EH-rp2-l2mgr-1.rtp” identifies that this patch applies to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 — E-Series platform, for RP2, addressing the layer 2 management process, and this patch is the first version of this patch. There is no need to reload or reboot the system when you insert the patch.
PAGE 744
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show processes restartable redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers.
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes.
PAGE 746
redundancy force-failover Force the secondary stack unit to become the primary stack unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one stack unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover stack-unit stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit ID number. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 747
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 748
Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 749
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an offline state. Syntax redundancy sfm standby To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default.
PAGE 750
-- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status -------------------------------------0 active 1 active Dell#configure Dell(conf)#redundancy sfm standby Taking secondary SFM offline... ! Dell(conf)#do show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status ----------------------------------------0 active 1 standby Dell(conf)#no redundancy sfm Taking secondary SFM online...
PAGE 751
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show patch Display the system patches loaded with the In-Service Modular Hot Fix command. Syntax show patch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 752
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 753
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show redundancy command shown in the following example.
PAGE 754
Field Description • Last Data Sync Record the reason for the last RPM failover Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: • Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file. • Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards. • Runtime Event Log is the contents of the Event log. • Running Config is the current running-config. This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM.
PAGE 755
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 23 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 756
interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 757
Parameters • To disable IGMP debugging, use the no debug ip igmp [group address | interface] command. • To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 758
ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 759
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 760
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database.
PAGE 761
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier.
PAGE 762
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends.
PAGE 763
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp query-max-resp-time Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries. Syntax ip igmp query-max-resp-time seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-max-resp-time command.
PAGE 764
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command. ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list. Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list sourceaddress command.
PAGE 765
Related Commands ip access-list standard — creates a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 766
E-Series legacy command Usage Information A group in include mode must have at least one source address defined. In exclude mode, if you do not specify a source address, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes all sources are included. If you do not specify either include or exclude, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes a IGMPv2 static join. Command Limitations Related Commands • Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface.
PAGE 767
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups.
PAGE 768
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series.
PAGE 769
225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.
PAGE 770
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 771
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. Syntax Parameters show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 772
• IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch. • A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. • IGMP snooping is not supported on a default VLAN interface. • IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands). • IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by spanning tree protocol (STP).
PAGE 773
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command.
PAGE 774
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
PAGE 775
C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing). ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-memberquery-interval command.
PAGE 776
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 777
E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached. To configure a static connection to the multicast router, enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context. The interface to the router must be a part of the VLAN where you are entering the command. ip igmp snooping querier Enable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface.
PAGE 778
the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Syntax Parameters show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] vlan number Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 779
• show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 780
24 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S5000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 781
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigE then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6.
PAGE 782
Related Commands mac learning-limit — allows aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 783
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/2 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/2 [confirm] y Dell# Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. cx4-cable-length Configure the length of the cable to be connected to the selected CX4 port.
PAGE 784
Example (Unsuccessful) Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/26 | grep "XFP type" Pluggable media present, XFP type is 10GBASE-CX4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/26)#cx4-cable-length short % Error: Unsupported command. Dell(conf-if-te-0/26)#cx4-cable-length medium % Error: Unsupported command. Dell(conf-if-te-0/26)#cx4-cable-length long % Error: Unsupported command.
PAGE 785
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 786
description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 787
duplex (10/100 Interfaces) Configure duplex mode on any physical interfaces where the speed is set to 10/100. Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 788
duplex (Management interface) Configure duplex mode on a management interface whose speed is set to 10/100 Mb/s. S5000 Syntax duplex {half | full} To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
PAGE 789
tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. Parameters Defaults Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 790
• Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on). The following error is returned: Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored NOTE: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex. • • Speeds less than 1 Gig cannot be configured when the asymmetric flow control configuration is on.
PAGE 791
Related Commands off off off off off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch.
PAGE 792
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the support for interfaces. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 793
interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces.
PAGE 794
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.
PAGE 795
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 796
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 797
Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 798
interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, you can enter identical commands for a range of interface. Syntax Parameters interface range interface, interface,... interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration.
PAGE 799
Usage Information Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted.
PAGE 800
NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical, port-channel, and SONET interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN, port-channel, or SONET, only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
PAGE 801
interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges. Spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels, and physical interfaces. Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash.
PAGE 802
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example (Single Range) Introduced on the E-Series. This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
PAGE 803
Example (Single Range) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier. Dell(config)#interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,gi-5/0-47,gi-13/0-89)# Dell Related Commands interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration).
PAGE 804
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported. For more information, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter.
PAGE 805
If you configure intf-type cr4 autoneg, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command to set the interface type as cr4 with autonegotiation disabled. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.1 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 806
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 807
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is supported on C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series (TeraScale and ExaScale) 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. The no negotiation auto command is only available if you first manually set the speed of a port to 10Mbits or 100Mbits.
PAGE 808
Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.1/24 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex, Master ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: ... User Information Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation enabled or disabled for the link to come up.
PAGE 809
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0).
PAGE 810
pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Usage Information Example (Single Interface) Introduced on the E-Series. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 811
Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps 0 0 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 812
Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The default is 1554. Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 813
MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. The following shows the difference between Link MTU and IP MTU. Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel.
PAGE 814
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the interface command shown in the following example. This example sets a port as hybrid, makes the port a tagged member of VLAN 20, and an untagged member of VLAN 10, which becomes the native VLAN of the port.
PAGE 815
vlan-stack trunk — specifies an interface as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value.
PAGE 816
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. show config Display the interface configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 816 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
PAGE 817
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Interfaces Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 818
show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History 818 show interfaces interface interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For stack-units, enter the keywords stack-unit then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 819
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Output expanded to include SFP+ media on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. Version 6.3.1.0 Added the Pluggable Media Type field in the E-Series TeraScale output.
PAGE 820
Line Description XFP/SFP receive power reading data might not be present in the output. Interface index... Displays the interface index number used by SNMP to identify the interface. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and Slave. ARP type:...
PAGE 821
Line Description – Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets – Unicasts = number of MAC unicast packets • Number of VLANs, throttles, discards, and collisions:: – Vlans = number of VLAN tagged packets – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames – discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing – collisions = number of packet collisions – wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Example Interfaces Rat
PAGE 822
Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ip address command to assign an IP address to the Management port. If two RPMs are installed in your system, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 823
Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 459 packets, 102388 bytes, 15 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:03:09 Example (ManagementE thernet, two IPv6 addresses) Dell#show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 824
Address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c, Current address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c Interface index is 1107525638 of-instance: 2 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration.
PAGE 825
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
PAGE 826
show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. Syntax Parameters show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 827
Example Dell#show interfaces dampening Interface Supp Flaps Penalty Half-Life Reuse Suppress Max-Sup State Gi 3/2 Up 0 0 20 800 4500 120 Gi 3/10 Up 0 0 5 750 2500 20 Dell# Related Commands dampening — configures dampening on an interface. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information.
PAGE 828
Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces gigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.” AutoNegotiatio n Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation.
PAGE 829
• Auto • 1000MB • 100MB • 10MB Example Dell#show int gigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx
PAGE 830
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 830 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For the management interface on the RPM, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. The slot range is 0-1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 831
Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number. OK? Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface. Description Displays the description (if any) manually configured for the interface.
PAGE 832
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces stack-unit unit-number unit-number • • Enter the stack member number. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 833
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 3w0d17h GigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 Current address is 00:01:e8:4c:f2:83 !-------------output truncated ----------------! Related Commands show hardware stack-unit — displays data plane and management plane input/ output statistics.
PAGE 834
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 835
stack-unit unitid • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • Enter the keyword backup to view the backup interface for this interface. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack member number.
PAGE 836
Example Items Description Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.6.1, this field can display native VLAN membership by port 13/0. Dell#show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 13/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.
PAGE 837
fortyGigE For a 40G interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Interfaces Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on theS6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 838
Line Description Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 839
Line Description alarm/warning thresholds, the TX bias low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Interfaces Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.
PAGE 840
Example Line Description Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 841
SFP 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE SFP 0 Datecode SFP 0 CheckCodeExt = 040528 = 0x5b SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.
PAGE 842
show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the switch type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 843
show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 844
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 845
speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come up. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LCEH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card.
PAGE 846
Version 8.3.1.0 Supported on LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P cards. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed.
PAGE 847
Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 848
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 849
Parameters backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. gigabit Enter the keyword gigabit if the backup port is a 1G port. tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port.
PAGE 850
interface, only the no ip address and no shutdown statements must be listed in the show config output. When you enter the switchport command, the interface is automatically added to the default VLAN. To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, first enter the switchport command. For more information, refer to the “Configuring Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 851
all Configure all applications. Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP.
PAGE 852
clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.
PAGE 853
To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 854
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 855
telnet tftp : : 0 0 Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • For the S-Series, the maximum port channel ID is 128 and the maximum members per port channel is 8.
PAGE 856
Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 857
If the Port Channel contains a mix of interfaces with 100 Mb/s speed and 1000 Mb/s speed, the software disables those interfaces whose speed does not match the speed of the first interface configured and enabled in the Port Channel. If that first interface goes down, the Port Channel does not change its designated speed; disable and re-enable the Port Channel or change the order of the channel members configuration to change the designated speed.
PAGE 858
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. port-channel failover-group — accesses PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 859
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN.
PAGE 860
minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 861
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 862
show config Display the current configuration of the selected LAG. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 863
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 864
Example 864 Field Description Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte...
PAGE 865
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 866
| {source-port number destination-port number} | {source-mac address destination-mac address {vlan vlanid | ether-type}} Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. incominginterface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 867
Version 8.3.10.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets). The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered.
PAGE 868
• Because TDR is an intrusive test on an interface that is not establishing a link, do not run TDR on an interface that is passing traffic. • When testing between two devices, do not run the test on both ends of the cable. tdr-cable-test Test the condition of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Syntax Parameters tdr-cable-test interface interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface.
PAGE 869
show tdr Display the TDR test results. Syntax Parameters show tdr interface interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.
PAGE 870
Status Definition Status: Impedance Mismatch There is an impedance mismatch in the cables. Example Dell#show tdr gigabitethernet 10/47 Time since last test: 00:00:02 Pair A, Length: OK Status: Terminated Pair B, Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Short Pair C, Length: 93 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Open Pair D, Length: 0 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Impedance Mismatch Related Commands tdr-cable-test — runs the TDR test.
PAGE 871
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 872
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information When a UDP broadcast packet is flooded out of an interface, and the outgoing interface is configured using this command, the outgoing packet’s IP destination address is replaced with the configured broadcast address.
PAGE 873
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udpport command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 874
Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Example Dell#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 All Related Commands debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-broadcast-address — configures a UDP IP address for broadcast.
PAGE 875
Fabric Services Commands 25 The following commands are supported for Fabric Services operation on the S5000. active-zoneset Activate the zoneset. S5000 Syntax active-zoneset zoneset_name To change to the default zone behavior, use the no active-zoneset zoneset_name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name. FC FABRIC CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 876
Parameters number Trace level used to record FC information in the dump file. Range: 1 to 4, where: • 0 turns FC traces off. • 1 records FC error messages. • 2 records FC warning messages. • 3 records FC informational messages. • 4 records all messages generated for FC operation on the switch. Default: 4. Defaults Trace level 4: All FC error messages on the switch are recorded in the FC dump file. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
PAGE 877
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use the clear counters fibrechannel command to clear the statistics (counters) displayed in show interfaces fibrechannel command output for a specified FC port. Example Dell(conf)#clear counters fibrechannel 0/11 Clear counters on Fc 0/11 [confirm] yes Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface on the switch.
PAGE 878
fc alias Create a zone alias name. S5000 Syntax fc alias ZoneAliasName To delete a zone alias name, use the no fc zone ZoneAliasName command. Parameters Command Modes Command History ZoneAliasName Enter the zone alias name. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)#fc alias za1 Dell(conf-fc-alias-za1)# Related Commands show fc alias — displays the configured alias.
PAGE 879
Usage Information All Fabric-Services mode CLI commands are enabled after changing to FabricServices mode. When you run the fc switch-mode fabric-services command, the following warning message displays: • Warning!!: Switch mode in running-config will be changed to 'fabric-services' :Continue? [yes/no]: – no – No effect on the running-config. – yes – Changes the running-config to reflect the new switch-mode.
PAGE 880
Related Commands show fc zone — displays the configured zone. show fcoe-map — displays the fabric parameters. fc zoneset Create a zoneset. S5000 Syntax fc zoneset zoneset_name To delete a zoneset, use the no fc zoneset zoneset_name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 881
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. An FCoE map is a template used to map FCoE and FC parameters in a converged fabric. An FCoE map is used to virtualize upstream FC ports on an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway so that they appear to downstream server CNA ports as FCoE forwarder (FCF) ports on an FCoE network.
PAGE 882
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to configure the S5000 to interoperate with Fibre Channel devices in SAN fabrics. Enter the no feature fc command to disable the Fibre Channel command-line interface and free memory resources allocated to Fibre Channel operation. Example Dell(conf)#feature fc Related Commands show interfaces fibrechannel — displays the configuration of a Fibre Channel interface. member — alias Add devices to an alias.
PAGE 883
member — zone Add devices to a zone. S5000 Syntax member name To remove devices from the zone, use the no member name command Parameters Command Modes Command History name Enter the WWPN, FC-ID, or Alias name. ZONE CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc zone z1 Dell(conf-fc-zone-z1)# member 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11 Related Commands show fc zone — displays the configured zone. show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset.
PAGE 884
Related Commands show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset. show fc alias Display the configured alias. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show fc alias [ZoneAliasName ] ZoneAliasNam e • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Enter the zone alias name to display the details. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc alias Zone Alias Name 0x030303 al1 Dell# Related Commands fc alias — creates a zone alias name.
PAGE 885
Command History Example Related Commands Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc fabric Number of FC Switches = 2 Domain Id Switch WWN 1* 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:00 2 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:80 Dell# Switch Name Sonoma Sonoma Mgmt IP addr 127.10.11.11 127.10.11.11 fc switch-mode fabric-services — change the switch mode from NPIV Gateway (NPG) mode to fabric-services mode. show fc lsdb Display link state database information on the switch.
PAGE 886
LocalPort RemotePort LinkCost NeighborID LocalPort RemotePort LinkCost Switch Name DomainId Switch Port Hops Cost Age LinkCount NeighborID LocalPort RemotePort LinkCost NeighborID LocalPort RemotePort LinkCost Dell# 1 1 125 3 3 3 125 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:16:80 3 3 1 125 1 2 1 1 3 250 2 3 3 125 show fc ns Display the devices in the name server database.
PAGE 887
Port Name 10:00:8c:7c:ff:17:f8:01 Node Name 20:00:8c:7c:ff:17:f8:01 Class of Service 8 IP Address Symbolic Port Name Brocade-1860 | 3.0.3.
PAGE 888
Registered for SCN Dell# Yes Dell#show fc ns fabric brief Total number of devices = 2 Intf# Domain FC-ID EnodeWWPN Enode-WWNN 9 2 02:09:00 32:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:88 22:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:88 11 2 02:0b:00 31:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:77 21:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:77 Dell# show fc route Display the fc route table on the switch. S5000 Syntax show fc route Parameters None Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 889
show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability. S5000 Syntax show fc switch Parameters None Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following table describes the show fc switch output shown in the following example. Switch Mode Fibre Channel mode of operation of an S5000 switch. Default: NPG (configured as an NPIV proxy gateway).
PAGE 890
Command Modes Command History Example • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc topology Local Port Info _____________________ Port FC 0/1 Port WWN 20:01:5c:f9:dd:ef:24:40 Port Type E Remote Link Information _____________________ Port Type Domain Id Port Name Node Name E 01 20:03:5c:f9:dd:ef:1b:80 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:1b:80 Dell# show fc-trace-level Display the currently configured FC trace level.
PAGE 891
Example Dell#show fc-trace-level FC Trace Level = 4 (All) Dell# Related Commands change fc-trace-level— changes the FC trace level used to record FC information in the trace log. show fc zone Display the configured zone. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show fc zone [zonename ] zonename • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Enter the zone name to display the details. Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 892
show fc zoneset Display the configured and active zoneset. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show fc zoneset [ zoneset_name | active | merged ] zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name to display the zoneset name active Enter the keyword active to display the active zonesets. merged Enter the keyword merged to display the merge active zones. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 893
Related Commands fc zone — creates a zone. fc zoneset — creates a zoneset. active-zoneset — activates the zoneset. member - alias — adds devices to an alias. member - zone — adds devices to a zone. member - zoneset — adds zones into a zoneset.
PAGE 894
Fibre Channel Interface Commands 26 The following commands are supported for Fibre Channel operation on the S5000. fabric Configure the SAN fabric to which a Fibre Channel port connects. S5000 Syntax Parameters fabric fcoe-map fcoe-map Enter the name of the FCoE map which contains the FCoE/FC fabric to which the Fibre Channel port connects. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 895
interface fibrechannel Configure a Fibre Channel (FC) interface on the switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface fibrechannel slot/port slot/port For slot, enter the stack-unit number assigned to the switch. The range of slot (stack-unit) numbers is from 0 to 11. The range of port numbers is from 0 to 47. NOTE: In release 9.0.(1.3), an FC module can be installed only in expansion slot 0 (ports 0 to 11) on an S5000 switch.
PAGE 896
server CNA ports. When you enable a fabric-facing FC port, the FCoE map applied on the port starts sending FIP multicast advertisements using the parameters in the FCoE map over server-facing Ethernet ports. A server sees the FC port with its applied FCoE map as an FCF port. Example Dell(conf)#interface fibrechannel 3/0 Dell(conf-if-fc-3/0)#exit# Related Commands show interfaces fibrechannel — displays the configuration of a Fibre Channel interface.
PAGE 897
Table 1. Output Fields for the show interfaces fibrechannel Command Field Description Information: Fibrechannel 0/0 is down, FC link is down Administrative state. of the Fibre Channel interface (up/ enabled or down/ shutdown) and operational state of the FC link (up or down) Pluggable media present, SFP+ type Pluggable optic is. inserted in the port or not, and the SFP+ optic type Wavelength Wavelength of the. inserted optic SFP+ receive power Power received on.
PAGE 898
Field Description WWN, FC-ID Factory-provided. world-wide name (WWN) of FC port (in hexadecimal) that uniquely identifies the port on the switch (not userconfigurable) and the unique FC port ID (24-bit in hexadecimal) received from an FC switch in the fabric after a successful login Last clearing of "show interface" counters Elapsed time since. the interface counters displayed in show interfaces output were last cleared Statistics: BBCR_FrameFailures BBCR_RRDYFrameFailures 898 Number of link.
PAGE 899
Field Description Class3Discards Number of Class 3. frames dropped DecodeErrors Number of decode. errors FBusy FReject AddressErrors LinkFailures InvalidCRC Number of Fabric. port Busy (F_BSY) frames received Number of Fabric. port Reject (F_RJT) frames received Number of frame-. address ID errors Number of link. failures Number of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors TotalRxBytes Number of bytes. received TotalTxBytes Number of bytes.
PAGE 900
Field Description RxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences received TxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences transmitted TotalOfflineSequences Total number of. offline sequences Rate Information: Input bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Incoming rate of FC. traffic in bytes per second, frames per second, and percentage of the total line rate Output bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Outgoing rate of FC.
PAGE 901
LinkFailures 0 TxOfflineSeq 3 InvalidCRC 0 TotalOfflineSeq 4 Rate info: Input 0 bytes/sec, 0 frames/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 0 bytes/sec, 0 frames/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 03:00:35 Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface on the switch. speed Set the speed of a Fibre Channel port or configure the port to auto-negotiate its speed with a peer.
PAGE 902
Passthrough Commands The following are passthrough commands supported on the S5000. show stack-unit port-group portmode Display the fibre channel port-group mode information. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show system stack-unit unit-number port-group portmode stack-unit unitnumber • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit number. The range is from 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 903
Parameters Command Modes Command History stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit number. The range is from 0 to 11. port-group number Enter the keywords port-group then the number of the port-group. The range is from 0 to 5. portmode Enter the keyword portmode then the keyword ethernet to enable Ethernet mode. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 904
27 Enhanced Validation of Interface Ranges This functionality is supported on the platform. You can avoid specifying spaces between the range of interfaces, separated by commas, that you configure by using the interface range command. For example, if you enter a list of interface ranges, such as interface range fo 2/0-1,te 10/0,gi 3/0,fa 0/0, this configuration is considered valid. The comma-separated list is not required to be separated by spaces in between the ranges.
PAGE 905
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 28 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 906
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 907
Usage Information • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Example Dell(conf)#do show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform : ts1 : 0 : md5 : : Dell(conf)# crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 908
management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 909
source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Example • Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 910
outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key.
PAGE 911
Version 9.2(0.2) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform Dell# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 912
Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command. Parameters transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set.
PAGE 913
29 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 914
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.
PAGE 915
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP.
PAGE 916
arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4.. Syntax Parameters arp max-entries [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the name of a specific VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of ARP entries that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 917
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart.
PAGE 918
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show interfaces — displays the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces. clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM).
PAGE 919
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 920
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all forwarding information base (fib) entries in the specified stack-unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information below).
PAGE 921
clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table. Syntax Parameters clear ip route {* | ip-address mask} * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 922
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 2.
PAGE 923
To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword Gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 924
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command. Defaults Debug disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 925
00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C, giaddr = 113.3.3.
PAGE 926
count value • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keywords tunnel then a number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is Infinity.
PAGE 927
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
PAGE 928
Usage Information Example 928 Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
PAGE 929
UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 0 ICMP type=0, code=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 1480 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 (Gi 4/11), len 64, sending broad/multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 (Gi 4/11), len 28, sending broad/multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.
PAGE 930
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. Syntax ip address ip-address mask [secondary] To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ipaddress] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 931
ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. Syntax ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, use the no ip directed-broadcast command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the interface does not receive directed broadcast packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 932
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 933
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 934
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 935
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 936
To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hopcount disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 937
Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 938
NOTE: When you configure the capability to enable the loopback IP address to be sent for easy debugging and diagnosis (IP addresses of the devices for which the ICMP source interface is configured), the source IP address of the outgoing ICMP error message is modified, although the packets are not sent out using the configured interface.
PAGE 939
Example Dell(conf)#ip icmp source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf)# ipv6 icmp source-interface Enable the ICMP error and unreachable messages to be sent with the source interface IP address, such as the loopback address, instead of the hops of the preceding devices along the network path to be used for easy debugging and diagnosis of network disconnections and reachability problems with IPv6 packets. This functionality is supported on the , , , and platforms.
PAGE 940
Usage Information You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet (the device that generates the ICMP error messages) is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output. The loopback address must be unique in a particular domain.
PAGE 941
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low.
PAGE 942
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command. Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.2), the ip mtu command is not supported to configure the IP MTU value that is used when the IP packet is fragmented.
PAGE 943
Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command.
PAGE 944
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 945
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. Syntax ip route ip-address mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] [vrf vrf-name] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command. Parameters destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device.
PAGE 946
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 947
To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 948
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 949
mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 950
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefixlength}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} command.
PAGE 951
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route. Also, Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables. Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 and IPv6 management routes. This command manages both tables.
PAGE 952
• statistics — view DAI statistics macaddress mac-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword macaddress then a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Enter the optional MAC address mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format also. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view entries entered manually. retries (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retries to show the number of ARP retries before a 20–second back off. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to view dynamic entries.
PAGE 953
If you have entered the clear arp-cache command to remove a large number of ARP entries and the command is still being processed in the background, an error message display if you attempt to enter the show arp command: Clear arp in-progress. Please try after sometime! The following describes the show arp command shown in the following example. Description Example Example (Private VLAN) Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry.
PAGE 954
Internet 133.33.33.4 CP Usage Information 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
PAGE 955
Version 8.3.1.0 Related Commands Introduced. arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Syntax show hosts Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 956
Field Description • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address. Flags Classifies the entry as one of the following: • perm — the entry was manually configured and will not time out • temp — the entry was learned and will time out after 72 hours of inactivity.
PAGE 957
show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch. Syntax Parameters show ip cam stack-unit {id} [port-set {pipe-number} {ip-address mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]]}| ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]}| summary] id Enter the stack-unit ID. port-set pipenumber Enter the keyword port-set then the number of the stack unit’s port-pipe.
PAGE 958
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit.
PAGE 959
100.1.1.0/24 7/42 0.0.0.0/0 CP Dell# Example (Member-Info) 0 - 1 0 1000 00:01:00:00:00:02 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 Te Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 7 po 0 ecmp-group member-info detail Group Index Member Count Mac-Addr Port VLan ID ------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 2 00:03:00:00:00:02 Po 10 20 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 7/42 1000 Dell# show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit.
PAGE 960
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added support for up to seven stack members. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip fib stack-unit command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address.
PAGE 961
Related Commands clear ip fib stack-unit — clear FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords.
PAGE 962
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
PAGE 963
• For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then zero (0). • For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then zero (0). • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 964
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Example Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access...
PAGE 965
Example (Brief) Fields Description Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface. Dell#show ip int brief Interface IP-Address Status Protocol GigabitEthernet 1/0 unassigned down down GigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned down down GigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.
PAGE 966
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 967
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 968
Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.
PAGE 969
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. • If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . • If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routingtag. • If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF processid. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
PAGE 970
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Example Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 971
Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 120/0 00:08:54 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 0/0 00:09:15 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 972
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 973
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 974
Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP traffic statistics. Syntax show ip traffic [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] NOTE: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors.
PAGE 975
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by Dell Networking OS. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures...
PAGE 976
Example • IP Statistics: Mcast: Received: Object = f10McastPktRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 • IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.4 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Request: Object = f10ArpReqRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.1 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.3 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 977
show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2.
PAGE 978
Field 978 Description • bad offset to data • too short 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size.
PAGE 979
Example Field Description 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
PAGE 980
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 30 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 981
Parameters default l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 982
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4.
PAGE 983
<1-4> Number of FP Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress ipv4acl Set IPV4-ACL Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress <0-4> Number of FP Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress blocks for l2acl l2acl 1 ? entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl ? blocks for IPV6 (multiples of 2) l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ipv6acl 2 clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists.
PAGE 984
deny Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is 0 to 255.
PAGE 985
deny icmp Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages.
PAGE 986
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added the monitor option. deny tcp Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 987
The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 988
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000 - 8000 uses eight entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 From 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 To #Covered 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1
PAGE 989
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 990
ports is configured in the CAM based on bitmask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
PAGE 991
filters in the IPv6 ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan range Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated format. The range is 1 to 4094. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.
PAGE 992
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name cpu-qos {permit | deny} ospfv3 To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 993
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 994
Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 995
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. permit tcp Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 996
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535.
PAGE 997
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses eight entries in the CAM: Rule# Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Mask 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 From To #Covered 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024
PAGE 998
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two port for the port parameter.
PAGE 999
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses eight entries in the CAM: Rule# Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Mask 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 From To #Covered 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024
PAGE 1000
Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information As shown in the Example below, the same sequence number is used for the remark and an ACL rule.
PAGE 1001
Step-toIncrement Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is 1 to 4294967290. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1002
Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits reassigning new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence access-list – resequences an access-list.
PAGE 1003
source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1004
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ACCESS-LIST Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale and S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. deny – configures a filter to drop packets. permit – configures a filter to forward packets. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 1005
L2Acl Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos EcfmAcl FcoeAcl iscsiOptAcl ipv4pbr vrfv4Acl Openflow fedgovacl Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries : 2 : 4 : 4 : 2 : 1 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : 0 : F3940 -- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0+F394 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openf
PAGE 1006
Related Commands cam-acl — configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl-egress Show information on FP groups allocated for egress ACLs. Syntax show cam-acl-egress Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1007
show config View the current IPv6 ACL configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show config Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1008
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1009
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1010
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 1011
------------------------------------------------------------4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell# Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status ---------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 2| 1| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell# IPv6 Route Map Commands The following commands allow you to configure route maps and their redistri
PAGE 1012
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. match ipv6 next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ipv6 route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match ipv6 next-hop Configure a filter which matches based on the next-hop IPv6 addresses specified in the IPv6 prefix list.
PAGE 1013
match ipv6 route-source Configure a filter which matches based on the routes advertised in the IPv6 prefix lists. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name command. Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1014
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, the names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1015
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The set ipv6 next-hop command is the only way to set an IPv6 Next-Hop. show config View the current route map configuration. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1016
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Example Dell#show route-map ! route-map Rmap1, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: ip address: v4plist ipv6 address: plist1 ipv6 next-hop prefix-lists: plist2 ipv6 route-source prefix-lists: plist3 Set clauses: next-hop 1.1.1.
PAGE 1017
31 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
PAGE 1018
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1019
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command.
PAGE 1020
• Removing auto-configuration removes all auto-configured IPv6 addresses and the link-local IPv6 address from that management interface. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces across a platform must be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces should not match the virtual IP address and should not be in the same subnet as the virtual IP.
PAGE 1021
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. • If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the link-local IPv6 address is removed automatically. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
PAGE 1022
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced. Usage Information This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only.
PAGE 1023
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the rotocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1024
Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1025
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1026
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. Syntax Parameters Command Modes 1026 ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [noadvertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128.
PAGE 1027
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 1028
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1029
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route.
PAGE 1030
Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1031
Parameters unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. The range is from 0 to 11. port-set Enter the keyword Port Set. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM. index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1032
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1033
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms.
PAGE 1034
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 1035
Defaults Command Modes Command History tunnel tunnelid (OPTIONAL) View information for a tunnel interface. vlan (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 VLANs. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1036
ND router advertisements are sent every 198 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# Example (Managementet hernet) Dell#show ipv6 interface management 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): Actual address is 300::1, subnet is 300::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not se
PAGE 1037
ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 198 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1038
Valid MLD Packets Reports Leaves MLDv2 Queries MLDv1 Queries Errors: Malformed Packets: 97962 79962 ---18000 0 18036 18034 0 ------- 4510 show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 1039
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1040
Example (SSeries) Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 1041
To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1042
32 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on Dell Networking platforms. This chapter includes the following sections: • IPv6 BGP Commands • IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
PAGE 1043
includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. attribute-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map then the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
PAGE 1044
In the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, use the no bgp always-compare-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS).
PAGE 1045
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1046
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1047
Usage Information The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over those with a higher MED. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command.
PAGE 1048
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1049
bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1050
To remove bgp confederation peers, use the no bgp confederation peer command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535. ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1051
half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value, the flapping route is once again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
PAGE 1052
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1053
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1054
Usage Information The bgp fast-external-failover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1055
bgp graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command.
PAGE 1056
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1057
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1058
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 1059
quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines. BGP policies, containing regular expressions to match as-path and communities, tend to use a lot of CPU processing time, which in turn affects the BGP routing convergence.
PAGE 1060
Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup Use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated between peers to avoid having a peer resend BGP updates. Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1061
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Syntax Parameters capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-10240000 0 Enter a size for the capture buffer. Defaults 40960000 bytes Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1062
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1063
ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv6 multicast soft [in | out] to set options within the specified IPv6 address family. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies.
PAGE 1064
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that AS. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family. unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to select the unicast option within the selected address family.
PAGE 1065
clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6-address [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP.
PAGE 1066
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name peer-groupname Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1067
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1068
• ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences) • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.) • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1069
ipv4-neighboraddr | ipv6neighbor-addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor. peer-group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group. ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes. in Reapply only inbound policies. NOTE: If you enter soft, without an in or out option, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. out Reapply only outbound policies.
PAGE 1070
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1071
debug ip bgp events Allows you to view information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6-address | peergroup peer-group-name] events command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1072
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on dampened (non-active) IPv6 routes. Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1073
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging. ipv6 unicast Debug soft reconfiguration for IPv6 unicast routes. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1074
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1075
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 1076
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 1077
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates.
PAGE 1078
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1079
Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med – enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute – redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1080
distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 1081
Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
PAGE 1082
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name.
PAGE 1083
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisementinterval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1084
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1085
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1086
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} description text command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 1087
To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 1088
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1089
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1090
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1091
this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If this parameter is not set, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1092
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1093
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1094
neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1095
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group; that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but does respond to one. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1096
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1097
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, the private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1098
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1099
To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} route-reflector-client command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1100
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. All routers in the peer group receive routes from a route reflector. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1101
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1102
Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1103
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1104
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1105
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1106
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. In the system best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: To apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path, reset the neighbor connection (the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command).
PAGE 1107
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1108
Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ipv6-address prefix-length backdoor command.
PAGE 1109
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 1110
To redistribute the default route (0::0/0), configure the neighbor defaultoriginate command. Related Commands neighbor default-originate – injects the default route. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute isis [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of IS-IS routes, use the no redistribute isis command.
PAGE 1111
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1112
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.
PAGE 1113
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. Syntax Parameters Defaults show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1114
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
PAGE 1115
summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP information.
PAGE 1116
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 1117
Paramters communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
PAGE 1118
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Syntax Paramters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1119
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1120
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1121
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 1122
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1123
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Displays information on IPv6 unicast routes exchanged by BGP neighbors. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6neighbor-addr] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes | received-routes [network [networkmask]] | denied-routes [network [network-mask]]] ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to view information only related to IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 1124
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast address families Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.
PAGE 1125
Example Lines Beginning With Description Sent messages The line displays the number of BGP messages sent, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing. Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Soft reconfiguration This line indicates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements.
PAGE 1126
Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor versi
PAGE 1127
'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast – views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
PAGE 1128
Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::4: Peer-group RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections.
PAGE 1129
9000::4:2 9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 9000::b:14 Dell# 18508 1 2 3 18508 18508 18508 18508 0 35 35 35 35 44 35 29 0 32 32 32 32 19 32 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 never Active 00:16:42 0 00:16:39 0 00:16:41 0 00:16:42 0 00:16:41 0 00:16:43 0 00:13:01 0 show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status.
PAGE 1130
show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences).
PAGE 1131
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810.
PAGE 1132
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique extended community information in the BGP database. Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1133
• ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 1134
Defaults • keepalive = 60 seconds • holdtimer = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1135
Defaults IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1136
summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which morespecific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1137
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Syntax Parameters bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
PAGE 1138
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions.
PAGE 1139
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, next enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1140
Command Modes Command History • * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). • [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. (If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.
PAGE 1141
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command. Parameters peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peergroup. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 1142
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. Syntax Parameters debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 1143
Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 1144
neighbor activate Allows you to enable a specified neighbor/peer group for the current address and subsequent address family identifier (AFI/SAFI). Syntax neighbor [ipv6-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ipv6-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name.
PAGE 1145
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} advertisementinterval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1146
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1147
To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 1148
To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ipv6-address | peer-groupname] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. access-listname Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list.
PAGE 1149
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message.
PAGE 1150
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1151
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1152
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 1153
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector.
PAGE 1154
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP.
PAGE 1155
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1156
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current MBGP route table. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1156 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [length]] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 1157
Example Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
PAGE 1158
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1160
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1161
bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 327741 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x4
PAGE 1162
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1163
Version 7.4.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
PAGE 1164
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1165
Lines Beginning With Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 1166
Example Lines Beginning With Description Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session. If the peering session was never reset, the word “never” is displayed. Local host: Displays the peering address of the local router and the TCP port number.
PAGE 1167
BGP neighbor is 5ffe:11::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
PAGE 1168
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1169
Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 1170
Field Description If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum-prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm). When the peer is transitioning between states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column.
PAGE 1171
iSCSI Optimization 33 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1172
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1173
is: the iSCSI packets are handled with dotp1 priority 4 without remark. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames. dot1p vlanpriority-value Enter the dot1p value of the VLAN priority tag assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1174
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 1175
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1176
Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport - 16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target. Defaults 860, 3260 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1177
Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 1178
Version 8.3.16.0 Example Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.
PAGE 1179
Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.
PAGE 1180
Version 8.3.16.0 Related Commands 1180 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • show iscsi — displays the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session — displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. • show iscsi session detailed — displays detailed information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 1181
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 34 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 1182
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 1183
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked.
PAGE 1184
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs.
PAGE 1185
Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. Syntax Parameters clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 1186
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1187
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1188
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1189
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1190
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes.
PAGE 1191
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1192
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 1193
mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised. Related Commands • isis metric — configures a metric for an interface. • metric-style — sets the metric style for the router. • show isis database — displays the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 1194
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 1195
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1196
Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 1197
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network.
PAGE 1198
domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command. Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 1199
graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router. Syntax graceful-restart ietf To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart ietf command. Parameters ietf Enter ietf to enable graceful restart on the IS-IS router. Defaults Graceful restart disabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1200
graceful-restart interval Set the graceful restart grace period, the time during that all graceful restart attempts are prevented. Syntax graceful-restart interval minutes To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart interval command. Parameters minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is from 1 to 20 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1201
retry-times Enter the keywords retry-times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a CSNP is received from the helping router. The range is from 1 to 10 attempts. The default is 1. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1202
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1203
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used.
PAGE 1204
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs.
PAGE 1205
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size. Padding IS-IS Hellos (IIHS) to the full MTU provides early error detection of large frame transmission problems or mismatched MTUs on adjacent interfaces. Related Commands isis hello padding — turns ON or OFF hello padding on an interface basis.
PAGE 1206
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1207
Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1208
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1209
level-2-only You can form a Level 2 adjacencies when other Level 2 or Level 1-2 routers and their interfaces are configured for Level 1-2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies cannot be established on this interface. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1210
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1211
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1212
Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1213
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs. isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information.
PAGE 1214
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 1215
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled.
PAGE 1216
To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default.
PAGE 1217
isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2.
PAGE 1218
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1219
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1220
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second.
PAGE 1221
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 128 to 1497 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1222
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 1223
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1224
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1225
Defaults Command Modes Command History 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1226
Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1227
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start.
PAGE 1228
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1229
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. S5000 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | databasetimer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1230
l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1231
Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 4/3 dst: 224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process.
PAGE 1232
Defaults IS-IS Level 2 routes only Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1233
[metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0.
PAGE 1234
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
PAGE 1235
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 1236
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered.
PAGE 1237
Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. FTOS(conf-router_isis-af_ipv6)#show conf ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database.
PAGE 1238
Version 8.3.7.1 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis database command shown in the following example. Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID.
PAGE 1239
Example Field Description OL This value represents the overload bit, determining congestion. If the overload bit is set, other routers do not use this system as a transit router when calculating routes. The bold sections identify that MultiTopology IS-IS is enabled. FTOS#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 1240
show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings. Syntax show isis graceful-restart detail Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1241
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the E-Series. Syntax show isis hostname Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1242
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1242 Version 9.2(0.
PAGE 1243
show isis neighbors Display information about neighboring (adjacent) routers. Syntax Parameters show isis neighbors [level-1 | level-2] [detail] [interface] level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors.
PAGE 1244
Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area. Interface The interface, slot, and port in which the router was discovered. State The value providing status about the adjacency state. The range is Up and Init. Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime.
PAGE 1245
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled.
PAGE 1246
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1247
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran. Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 1248
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. second_wait_i nterval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds.
PAGE 1249
are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time).
PAGE 1250
35 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1251
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 1252
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1253
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
PAGE 1254
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1255
NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1256
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1257
Defaults Command Modes Command History Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (PortChannelNumber) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1258
----------------------------------------------------Gi 10/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 1259
36 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • The VLAN commands are supported on all the platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table.
PAGE 1260
vlan vlan-id Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1261
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1262
• output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1263
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move threshold Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN. A trap is sent if a station move is detected above a threshold number of times in a given interval.
PAGE 1264
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1265
Defaults dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. • On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1266
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learninglimit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 1267
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 1268
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 1269
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1270
show cam mac stack-unit Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Syntax Parameters show cam mac stack-unit unit_number port-set port-pipe count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface] stack-unit unit_number (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard followed by a stack member number to select the linecard for which to gather information. The S-Series range is 0 to 1.
PAGE 1271
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 1272
interface interface-type (OPTIONAL) Instead of entering the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information, as above, you can enter the interface type, then just a slot number. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1273
Column Heading Description Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: State Example Usage Information • gi — Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. • po — Port Channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 255 for TeraScale. • so —SONET then a slot/port. • te — 10 Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
PAGE 1274
Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses.
PAGE 1275
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration.
PAGE 1276
Usage Information MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.131 enterprise.6027.3.3.
PAGE 1277
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 1278
description Add a description about the selected VLAN. Syntax Parameters description description description Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Related Commands Enter a text string description to identify the VLAN (80 characters maximum). Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1279
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1280
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the runningconfiguration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN.
PAGE 1281
Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. show vlan — displays the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1282
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. Syntax Parameters show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
PAGE 1283
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information The following describes the show vlan command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) • asterisk symbol (*) = Default VLAN • G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN • C = community VLAN • I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q Ports Example Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1284
untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description * 1 Inactive 2 Active Example (VLAN ID) 3 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) 4 Active U Po2(Gi 13/2) 5 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) 6 Active U Po3(Gi 13/4) 7 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) P 100 Active T Po1(Gi 0/1) C 101 I 102 Dell# Inactive T Gi 0/3 Inactive T Gi 0/4 Q Ports U Po1(Gi 13/0) T Po20(Gi 13/6), Gi 13/25 T Gi 13/7 T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/1 T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/3 T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/5 T Gi 0/2 Dell# show vlan id 40 C
PAGE 1285
2 3 Dell# Example (Name) 0 0 1800 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3.3.3.
PAGE 1286
Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1287
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1288
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1289
Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The Dell Networking operating software supports far-end failure detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the platform. The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. • During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8 to 10 seconds. • By default, FEFD is disabled.
PAGE 1290
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode.
PAGE 1291
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1292
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information Related Commands When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command. • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 1293
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command.
PAGE 1294
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection.
PAGE 1295
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
PAGE 1296
Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1297
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. Syntax Parameters show fefd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1298
Example Field Description Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets. State Displays the state of the interface and can be one of the following: • bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes). • err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval.
PAGE 1299
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 37 The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1300
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1301
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1302
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1303
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1304
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1305
To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1306
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command.
PAGE 1307
show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1308
Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. To enable LLDP on the management interface, use the no disable command in LLDP-MANAGEMENT-INTERFACE mode (conf-lldp-mgmtIf).
PAGE 1309
Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10.
PAGE 1310
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1311
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations. When you execute the no protocol lldp from INTERFACE mode, interfaces begin to inherit the configuration from global LLDP CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1312
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 1313
Number of Table Age Outs : Dell# 400 show management-interface Display LLDP management interface configuration information. Syntax show management-interface Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810.
PAGE 1314
Example Dell#show running-config lldp ! protocol lldp advertise dot1-tlv port-protocol-vlan-id port-vlan-id advertise dot3-tlv max-frame-size advertise management-tlv system-capabilities systemdescription hello 15 multiplier 3 no disable Dell# LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and S-Series support all commands.
PAGE 1315
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults Unconfigured.
PAGE 1316
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1317
civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes. ecs-elin value Enter the keywords ecs-elin then the Emergency Call Service (ecs) Emergency Location Identification Number (elin) numeric location string. The range is from 10 to 25 characters. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1318
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1319
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1320
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1321
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1322
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1323
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1324
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 1325
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 38 This functionality is supported on Dell Networking OS. Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. NLB uses a distributed methodology or pattern to equally split and balance the network traffic load across a set of servers that are part of the cluster or group.
PAGE 1326
response with MAC-s4 is received as the last one). The interface associated with server, S4, is added to the ARP table. • With NLB feature enabled, after learning the NLB ARP entry, all the subsequent traffic is flooded on all ports in VLAN1. With NLB, the data frame is forwarded to all the servers for them to perform load-balancing. NLB Multicast Mode Scenario Consider a sample topology in which four servers, namely S1 through S4, are configured as a cluster or a farm.
PAGE 1327
learned, traffic is forwarded to only one server rather than the entire cluster, and failover and balancing are not preserved. To preserve failover and balancing, the switch forwards the traffic destined for the server cluster to all member ports in the VLAN connected to the cluster. To ensure that this happens, you must configure the ip vlan-flooding command on the Dell switch at the time that the Microsoft cluster is configured.
PAGE 1328
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.3(0.0) • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1329
multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1330
ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms Default Disabled Usage Information By default this command is disabled. There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet.
PAGE 1331
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 39 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system supports MSDP commands on the platform.
PAGE 1332
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1333
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1334
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
PAGE 1335
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1336
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1337
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1338
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1339
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1340
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection.
PAGE 1341
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
PAGE 1342
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1343
continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache command. Related Commands ip msdp peer — configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer — clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1344
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1345
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1346
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1346 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1347
40 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 1348
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1349
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree mstp – enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Globally disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the switch. Syntax disable To enable MSTP, enter the no disable command. Defaults disabled. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1350
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1351
hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1352
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1353
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1354
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1355
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1356
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1357
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1358
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1359
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1360
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.
PAGE 1361
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1362
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1363
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 1364
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp Configures a Layer 2 MSTP interface as an edge port with (optionally) a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard, or enables the root guard or loop guard feature on the interface.
PAGE 1365
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Added support for the BPDU guard. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1366
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1366 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1367
41 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1368
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1369
static ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the Static IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1370
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system.
PAGE 1371
Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
PAGE 1372
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of all routes. vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface. Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes for a specified multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source.
PAGE 1373
GigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 GigabitEthernet 4/20 Example (VLT) Dell#show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.
PAGE 1374
Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/12 GigabitEthernet 3/13 (*, 224.20.20.1), uptime 00:05:12 Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 3/12 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 3/4 show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1375
RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.255 RPF type: unicast IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 2000. Defaults The S-Series default is 400.
PAGE 1376
partition might not be exhausted at the time the system-wide route limit set by the ip multicast-limit command is reached. Related Commands 1376 show ip igmp groups — shows the IGMP groups.
PAGE 1377
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 42 The Dell Networking operating software supports the network discovery protocol for IPv6 on the platform. The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1378
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information of the interface: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1379
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced The ip nd mtu command sets the value advertised to routers. It does not set the actual MTU rate. For example, if ip nd mtu is set to 1280, the interface still passes 1500-byte packets. The mtu command sets the actual frame size passed and can be larger than the advertised MTU.
PAGE 1380
hardware_addr ess • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter a 48-bit hardware MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1381
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1382
43 NPIV Proxy Gateway The N-port identifier virtualization (NPIV) Proxy Gateway (NPG) feature provides FCoE-FC bridging capability on the S5000 switch, allowing server CNAs to communicate with SAN fabrics over the S5000. To configure the S5000 to operate as an NPIV proxy gateway, use the following commands: dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic.
PAGE 1383
To remove a DCB map from an interface, enter the no dcb-map map-name command in Interface configuration mode. Related Commands show qos dcb-map– displays the dcb-map profiles configured on the system. dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all– applies a DCB map on all ports of a switch stack. description In an FCoE map, add a text description of the FCoE and FC parameters used to transmit storage traffic over an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway in a converged fabric.
PAGE 1384
Parameters map-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. An FCoE map is a template used to map FCoE and FC parameters in a converged fabric. An FCoE map is used to virtualize upstream FC ports on an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway so that they appear to downstream server CNA ports as FCoE forwarder (FCF) ports on an FCoE network.
PAGE 1385
fabric-id vlan In an FCoE map, configure the association between the dedicated VLAN used to carry FCoE traffic between servers and a SAN, and the fabric where the desired storage arrays are installed. S5000 Syntax Parameters fabric-id fabric-num vlan vlan-id fabric-id fabric-num Enter a fabric ID number that is the same as the ID number of the dedicated VLAN used to carry FCoE storage traffic to the fabric specified in the FCoE map.
PAGE 1386
Parameters fc-map-value Enter the unique MAC address prefix used by a SAN fabric. The range of FC-MAP values is from 0EFC00 to 0ECFF. Defaults None Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The FC-MAP value you enter must match the FC-MAP value used by an FC switch or FCoE forwarder (FCF) in the fabric. An FC switch accepts only FCoE traffic that uses the correct FC-MAP value.
PAGE 1387
Command Modes Command History Usage Information FCOE MAP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The FCF priority you assign to an S5000 is used by server CNAs to select an upstream FCF to use for a fabric login (FLOGI). To remove a configured FCF priority from an FCoE map, enter the no fcfpriority command. Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric.
PAGE 1388
fka-adv-period In an FCoE map, configure the time interval used to transmit FIP keepalive (FKA) advertisements. S5000 Syntax Parameters fka-adv-period seconds seconds Defaults 8 seconds Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the time period (in seconds) used to send FIP keepalive messages to peer devices. The range is from 8 to 90 seconds. Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 1389
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000 configured as an NPIV proxy gateway. FCoE storage traffic received from servers on an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway is decapsulated into Fibre Channel packets and forwarded over FC links to SAN switches in a specified fabric. You must configure a separate FCoE VLAN for each fabric to which FCoE traffic is forwarded. Any non-FCoE traffic sent on a dedicated FCoE VLAN will be dropped.
PAGE 1390
Usage Information FIP keepalive (FKA) messaging is used to detect if other FCoE devices are reachable. To remove FIP keepalive monitoring from an FCoE map, enter the no keepalive command. Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map.
PAGE 1391
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.1p priority to one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 1392
strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available. pfc {on | off} Configure whether priority-based flow control is enabled (on) or disabled (off) for port traffic in the priority group. Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 1393
show fcoe-map Display the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show fcoe-map [brief | map-name] brief Displays an overview of currently configured FCoE maps. map-name Displays the FC and FCoE configuration parameters in a specified FCoE map. The FCoE map is applied on Ethernet (FCoE) and FC ports to transmit FC storage traffic to a specified fabric. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.
PAGE 1394
Example Field Description VLAN priority FCoE traffic uses VLAN priority 3. (This setting is not userconfigurable.) FC-MAP FCoE MAC address-prefix value - The unique 24-bit MAC address prefix that identifies a fabric. FKA-ADV-period Time interval (in seconds) used to transmit FIP keepalive advertisements. FCF Priority The priority used by a server to select an upstream FCoE forwarder.
PAGE 1395
======================================================= Switch Zoning Parameters ======================================================= Default Zone Mode: Deny Active Zoneset: None ======================================================= Members Fc 0/0 Fc 0/1 Fc 0/2 Fc 0/3 Fc 0/4 Fc 0/5 Fc 0/6 Fc 0/7 Fc 0/8 Fc 0/9 Fc 0/10 Fc 0/11 ======================================================= ======================================================= Dell# Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contain
PAGE 1396
Field Description ENode-WWPN Worldwide port name (WWPN) of a server CNA port. FCoE-Vlan VLAN ID of the dedicated VLAN used to transmit FCoE traffic to and from the fabric. Fabric-Intf Fabric-facing Fibre Channel port (slot/port) on which FC traffic is transmitted to the specified fabric. Fabric-Map Name of the FCoE map containing the FCoE/FC configuration parameters for the server CNA-fabric connection.
PAGE 1397
Example NPIV Proxy Gateway Field Description Fabric Intf Fabric-facing Fibre Channel port (slot/port) on which FCoE traffic is transmitted to the specified fabric. FCoE VLAN ID of the dedicated VLAN used to transmit FCoE traffic from a server CNA to a fabric and configured on both the serverfacing S5000 port and server CNA port. Fabric Map Name of the FCoE map containing the FCoE/FC configuration parameters for the server CNA-fabric connection.
PAGE 1398
Secs Status Related Commands : : 5593 LOGGED_IN dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure DCB parameters on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability. S5000 Syntax show fc switch Parameters None Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
PAGE 1399
show qos dcb-map Display the DCB parameters configured in a specified DCB map. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show qos dcb-map map-name map-name • • Displays the PFC and ETS parameters configured in the specified map. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the show qos dcb-map command to display the enhanced transmission selection (ETS) and priority-based flow control (PFC) parameters used to configure server-facing Ethernet ports.
PAGE 1400
Related Commands 1400 dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports.
PAGE 1401
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 44 Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1402
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1403
defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1404
not-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to set the status to DoNotAdvertise (that is, the Type 3 summary-LSA is suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1405
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1406
[message-digest-key keyid md5 [encryption-type] key]] [deadinterval seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] command syntax. Parameters Defaults Command Modes 1406 area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. router-id Specify an ID (IP address in dotted decimal format) associated with a virtual link neighbor.
PAGE 1407
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Deprecated command on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. All OSPF areas must be connected to a backbone area (usually Area 0). Virtual links connect broken or discontiguous areas. You cannot enable both authentication options.
PAGE 1408
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id [process] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1409
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1410
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF.
PAGE 1411
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output for the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. Dell Networking OS supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1412
Example • N - (N-bit is not set) • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval. di: Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval.
PAGE 1413
metric-type type-value route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1414
Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1415
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1416
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1417
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1418
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1419
NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the CSeries. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed.
PAGE 1420
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults none.
PAGE 1421
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1422
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. NOTE: This command enables OSPFv2 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv2 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1423
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1424
graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplannedonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
PAGE 1425
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helperonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart. role restartonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart.
PAGE 1426
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1427
Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1428
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1429
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval.
PAGE 1430
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead.
PAGE 1431
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 1432
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network.
PAGE 1433
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1434
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1435
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
PAGE 1436
To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1437
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.
PAGE 1438
Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced to all platforms. This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces.
PAGE 1439
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
PAGE 1440
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1441
• All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed.
PAGE 1442
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1442 EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output for the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. Dell Networking OS supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1443
N, MC, E, T Example Displays information available in the Options field of the HELLO packet: • N + (N-bit is set) • N - (N-bit is not set) • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount o
PAGE 1444
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metricvalue number. The range is from 0 to16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1445
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1446
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults none.
PAGE 1447
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.1.1.
PAGE 1448
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration.
PAGE 1449
passive-interface FastEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1450
The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...
PAGE 1451
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1452
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs.
PAGE 1453
Example Field Description Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Dell>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.
PAGE 1454
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1455
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
PAGE 1456
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1457
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1458
Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.
PAGE 1459
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1460
Example Field Description Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1461
show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database nssa-external [link-stateid] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1462
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1463
Usage Information Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaquearea command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1464
LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1465
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
PAGE 1466
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 1467
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.20 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.
PAGE 1468
Example Item Description Number of Links Displays the number of active links to the type of router (Area Border Router or AS Boundary Router) listed in the previous line. Link connected to: Identifies the type of network to which the router is connected. (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics.
PAGE 1469
(Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.140.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Stub Network (Link ID) Network/subnet number: 11.1.5.0 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information.
PAGE 1470
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1471
LS age: 1551 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1472
• For loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For tunnel interfaces, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 0 to 16383. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1473
Example Item Description Transmit Delay... This line displays the interface’s settings for Transmit Delay, State, and Priority. In the State setting, BDR is Backup Designated Router. Designated Router... This line displays the ID of the Designated Router and its interface address. Backup Designated... This line displays the ID of the Backup Designated Router and its interface address. Timer intervals...
PAGE 1474
LOOPBACK, Cost: 1 Loopback interface is treated as a stub Host. Dell> show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1475
Example Item Description Dead Time Displays the expected time until FTOS declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Interface Area Gi 0/0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1476
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM. This command has the following limitations: • The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together.
PAGE 1477
global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit. interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: neighbor router-id • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1478
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/transmits. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets. LSReq Number of link state request packets. LSUpd Number of link state update packets.
PAGE 1479
Example Error Type Description Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow.
PAGE 1480
Example (Statistics) • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor • The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#do show ip ospf statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err
PAGE 1481
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.
PAGE 1482
Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not.
PAGE 1483
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id virtual-links command shown in the Example below. Items Description “Virtual Link...” This line specifies the OSPF neighbor to which the virtual link was created and the link’s status. “Run as...” This line states the nature of the virtual link. “Transit area...” This line identifies the area through which the virtual link was created, the interface used, and the cost assigned to that link. “Transmit Delay...
PAGE 1484
mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. not-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to suppress that match the network prefix/mask pair. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a value to match on routes redistributed through a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1485
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1486
timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | maxinterval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters Defaults start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
PAGE 1487
100,000, the LSA is sent at 5000 msec, then 1000 msec, then 2000 msec, them 4000 until 100,000 msec is reached. timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival-time To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds.
PAGE 1488
area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. Syntax Parameters area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [keyencryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1489
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI number must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1490
esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. keyencryptionalgorithm (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in encryption. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1491
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1492
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1493
Example Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1494
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number. The range is 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1495
Lines Beginning With or Including Description • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum.
PAGE 1496
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1497
Version 8.3.19.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA. To enable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter the ipv6 router ospf command to enter OSPFv3 configuration mode and then configure a grace period using the gracefulrestart grace-period command.
PAGE 1498
Version 8.3.19.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4820T. OSPFv3 graceful restart supports planned-only and/or unplanned-only restarts. The default is support for both planned and unplanned restarts. • A planned restart occurs when you enter the redundancy force-failover rpm command to force the primary RPM to switch to the backup RPM. During a planned restart, OSPF sends out a Type-11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM.
PAGE 1499
ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1500
An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link. To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf authentication spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf authentication null command.
PAGE 1501
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2.0.
PAGE 1502
Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1503
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets. ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
PAGE 1504
keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1505
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in encryption policies. ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured.
PAGE 1506
To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1507
Command History Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration.
PAGE 1508
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1509
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.
PAGE 1510
Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metricvalue Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214. The default is 20.
PAGE 1511
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3. router-id Designate a fixed router ID.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process. show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1513
Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-1-502 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client secu
PAGE 1514
Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH SPI Inbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH Key show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1515
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
PAGE 1516
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy.
PAGE 1517
Command History Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router.
PAGE 1518
Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID ID Interface 63.114.8.
PAGE 1519
Command History Usage Information Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning.
PAGE 1520
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S4810, the range is 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1521
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 45 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS). The commands in this chapter are supported on the platform.
PAGE 1522
Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list.
PAGE 1523
ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of a redirect list. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1524
• tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then he IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1525
redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list. Syntax redirect {ip-address | slot/port} {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type [bit]} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1526
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1527
ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1528
source-portrange Enter the keywords Source-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. destinationport-range Enter the keywords destination-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1529
Bit 1 - SYN, Bit 0 - FIN Cam Port VlanID Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp Next-hop Egress Index Flag Port Port MAC Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------00000 5 N/A IP 0x0 0 0 22.22.2.22/32 33.33.3.0/24 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 0/0 00001 5 N/A 145 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 44.4.4.4/32 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Vl 100(0/1) 00002 5 N/A TCP 0x0 0 0 55.1.3.0/24 66.6.6.6/32 00:01:e8:8a:fd:76 Po 128 00003 5 N/A UDP 0x0 0 0 55.1.3.0/24 66.
PAGE 1530
Defined as: seq 5 redirect 1.1.1.2 ip host 22.22.2.22 33.33.3.0/24, Nexthop reachable (via Te 0/0), ARP resolved , seq 10 redirect 2.1.1.2 145 any host 44.4.4.4, Next-hop reachable (via Vl 100), ARP resolved , seq 15 redirect 3.1.1.2 tcp 55.1.3.0/24 host 66.6.6.6, Nexthop reachable (via Po 128), ARP resolved , seq 20 redirect 3.1.1.2 udp 55.1.3.0/24 host 66.6.6.6, Nexthop reachable (via Po 128), ARP resolved , seq 25 redirect 4.1.1.
PAGE 1531
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 46 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1532
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1533
group-address Command Modes Command History Related Commands (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to clear TIB information learned through PIM-SM snooping about a specified multicast group. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1534
timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert: to view the assertion timer • hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1535
Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1536
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.
PAGE 1537
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the SSeries. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router.
PAGE 1538
Usage Information When an NSF-capable router comes up, it announces the graceful restart capability and restart duration as a Hello option. The receiving router notes the Hello option. Routers not NSF-capable discard the unknown Hello option and adjacency is not affected. When an NSF-capable router goes down, the neighboring PIM speaker preserves the states and continues the forwarding of multicast traffic while the neighbor router restarts.
PAGE 1539
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip any 232.1.1.0/24 Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 100.1.1.0/16 any Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels in Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim join-filter iptv-channels out Related Commands ip access-list extended — configure an access list based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 1540
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {accesslist} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1541
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1542
Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses.
PAGE 1543
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1544
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1545
Usage Information Because PIM-SM snooping is used in a Layer 2 environment, PIM-SM snooping and PIM multicast routing are mutually exclusive. PIM-SM snooping cannot be enabled on a switch/router if PIM-SM or PIM-DM is enabled. If enabled at the global level, PIM-SM snooping is automatically enabled on all VLANs unless the no ip pim snooping command has been entered on a VLAN. If enabled at the VLAN level, PIM-SM snooping requires that you also enter the no shutdown command to enable the interface.
PAGE 1546
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface.
PAGE 1547
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Version 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold command.
PAGE 1548
no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1549
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1550
Usage Information Example 1550 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM.
PAGE 1551
show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1552
Field Description • Example S = Sparse mode Dell#show ip pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 Dell# DR Prio/Mode 1 / S show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Syntax Parameters show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt.
PAGE 1553
224.3.3.3 225.1.2.1 225.1.2.2 229.1.2.1 229.1.2.2 Dell# 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 Example (Mapping) Dell#show ip pim rp mapping Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4 RP: 165.87.20.4, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:02:46 RP: 165.87.20.3, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:03:03 Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
PAGE 1554
Example (#2) Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command).
PAGE 1555
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered.
PAGE 1556
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast source. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1557
Field Description • Example K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1558
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1559
0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received Memory usage: TIB Nexthop cache Interface table Neighbor table RP Mapping : : : : : 3768 bytes 0 bytes 992 bytes 528 bytes 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1560
Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1561
Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.2), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.3), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.
PAGE 1562
IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv6 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base—TIB). Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 pim tib [group-address] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 1563
packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view IPv6 PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1564
register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view IPv6 PIM timers.
PAGE 1565
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length for RP selection. The range is from 0 to 128. The default is 126.
PAGE 1566
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1567
Example Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.3.1.
PAGE 1568
ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim neighbor-filter {access-list} access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1569
Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)#ipv6 pim register-filter REG-FIL_ACL Dell(conf)#ipv6 access-list REG-FIL_ACL Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#deny ipv6 165:87:34::10/128 ff0e:: 225:1:2:0/112 Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#permit ipv6 any any Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#exit ipv6 pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group.
PAGE 1570
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered.
PAGE 1571
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface.
PAGE 1572
ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree. Syntax ipv6 pim spt-threshold {kbps | infinity} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim spt-threshold command. Parameters kbps Enter a traffic rate in kilobytes per second. The range is from 0 to 4294967 kbps. The default is 10 kbps. infinity Enter the keyword infinity to have all sources for the specified group use the shared tree and never join shortest path tree (SPT).
PAGE 1573
Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1574
Te 1/11 v2/S 0 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:1417 DR : this router Dell# show ipv6 pim neighbor Displays IPv6 PIM neighbor information. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim neighbor [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1575
Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1576
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1577
Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::1, ff0e::226:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthe
PAGE 1578
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 47 The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1579
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1580
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1581
48 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1582
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1583
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1584
Example Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-mon-sess-1)#show config ! monitor session 1 source TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 destination Port-channel 1 direction rx show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions.
PAGE 1585
Example Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show monitor session SessID Source Destination IP Dest IP ------ ------------------------------1 Vl 10 Te 0/8 A N/A Dir Mode --- ---- rx Flow Source N/ monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session.
PAGE 1586
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Dell# show running-config monitor session ! monitor session 1 source TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 direction rx Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session.
PAGE 1587
interface direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094. • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel followed by the port-channel id .
PAGE 1588
Example 1588 Dell# monitor session 0 source Port-channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0/33 direction tx Port Monitoring
PAGE 1589
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 49 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1590
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1591
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1592
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
PAGE 1593
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1594
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1595
Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (GigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1596
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1597
vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000. Defaults: • 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000. • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000. • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000. • Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000.
PAGE 1598
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1599
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1600
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1601
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1602
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. forward-delay seconds Enter the keywords forward-delay then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning PVST+ to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1603
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1604
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1605
Quality of Service (QoS) 50 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking Products. platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1606
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1607
When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value. You cannot assign the dot1ppriority command to individual interfaces in a port channel. rate police Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. Syntax Parameters rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peakrate [burst-KB]] [vlan vlan-id] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps).
PAGE 1608
Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. S-Series rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface. Syntax Parameters rate shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On S-Series, make the value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000.
PAGE 1609
NOTE: When packets of size greater than 7000 bytes are expected to be received from the network, Dell Networking recommends that you configure the burst value to be more than 175 KB if you configured the rate shape. Such a setting ensures proper bandwidth sharing across queues. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value.
PAGE 1610
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1611
service-class bandwidth-weight Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues. S5000 Syntax Parameters service-class bandwidth-weight queue0 number queue1 number queue2 number queue3 number number Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the bandwidth-weight. The value must be a power of 2. The range is 1 to 1024. Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 1612
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced.
PAGE 1613
Version 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create/access a class map.
PAGE 1614
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters.
PAGE 1615
clear qos statistics Clear qos statistics clears statistics from show qos statistics. Syntax Parameters clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1616
Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1617
Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. set-color value (Optional) Enter the keyword set-color followed by a color value. Traffic that fulfills the match criteria is marked with the color value that you specify.
PAGE 1618
Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value.
PAGE 1619
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [setip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1620
The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive. Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vrf Uses a VRF as the match criterion for an L3 class map. Z9500 Syntax match ip vrf vrf-id To remove VRF as the match criterion, use the no match ip vrf vrf-id command. Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vrf and then the ID of the VRF. The range is from 1 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1622
match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. Syntax Parameters match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents is used as the match criteria in the class map. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1623
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1624
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface. Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command.
PAGE 1625
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-mapname cpu-qos | [layer2] command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). cpu-qos Enter the cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1626
policy-map-output Create an output policy map. Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1627
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policyinput qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). cpu-qos (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only.
PAGE 1628
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1629
queue egress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue. Syntax queue egress multicast linecard {slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name | multicast-bandwidth percentage] To return to the default, use the no queue egress multicast linecard {slot number port-set number | all} [wred-profile name | multicast-bandwidth percentage] command.
PAGE 1630
Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues. Important Points to Remember — Multicast-Bandwidth Option • • • • • • A unique multicast weighted fair queuing (WFQ) setting can be applied only on a per port-pipe basis. The minimum percentage of the multicast bandwidth assigned to any of the ports in the port-pipe takes effect for the entire portpipe.
PAGE 1631
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1632
Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1633
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1634
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You can attach a single policy-map to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel.
PAGE 1635
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1636
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the S6000 and four queues on the SSeries. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1637
Usage Information After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. show qos class-map View the current class map information. Syntax Parameters show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1638
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. Syntax Defaults show qos dot1p-queue-mapping • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue: 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1639
detail To view a policy map interface in detail, enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1640
Parameters policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. class classmap-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1641
qos-policyoutput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1642
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1643
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1644
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. Syntax Parameters show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1645
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stackunitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stackunit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
PAGE 1646
Field Description Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number. CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added. Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules. NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules.
PAGE 1647
threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-probability To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. max-dropprobability number Enter the keyword max-drop-probability followed by the maximum number of packets for the WRED profile.
PAGE 1648
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP or dot1p value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1649
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding ) CRITIC/EC P 5 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding ) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic.
PAGE 1650
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1651
Version 8.3.7.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1652
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1653
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 51 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
PAGE 1654
Port Types: • Community port: A community port is a port that belongs to a community VLAN and is allowed to communicate with other ports in the same community VLAN and with promiscuous ports. • Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type.
PAGE 1655
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1656
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1657
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1658
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
PAGE 1659
show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. Syntax Parameters show vlan private-vlan [community | interface | isolated | primary | primary_vlan | interface interface] community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces.
PAGE 1660
Example (All) Field Description Primary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated primary VLAN(s). Secondary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated secondary VLAN(s). Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1661
particular secondary VLAN properties are displayed, as shown in the second Example.
PAGE 1662
Example Dell# show vlan private-vlan mapping Private Vlan: Primary : 100 Isolated : 102 Community : 101 Unknown : 200 Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan mapping – displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1663
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The assignment of the various PVLAN port types to port and port channel (LAG) interfaces is shown in the following example.
PAGE 1664
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 52 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1665
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1666
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database.
PAGE 1667
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1.
PAGE 1668
Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1669
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1670
Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1671
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1672
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1673
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1674
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1675
Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1676
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1677
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1678
To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. Related Commands passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts. network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command.
PAGE 1679
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1680
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
PAGE 1681
Usage Information This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1682
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
PAGE 1683
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1684
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
PAGE 1685
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1686
Related Commands network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1686 Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1687
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1688
Example Dell#show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/14 203.250.49.0/24 auto-summary 210.250.40.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.18.2, 00:00:14, Vlan 18 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 210.250.40.0/24 auto-summary 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.
PAGE 1689
Example show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command.
PAGE 1690
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1691
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1692
53 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1693
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1694
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1695
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1696
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format. The range is from 1 to 65535. You must ensure that the value you enter is unique in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1697
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command.
PAGE 1698
fallingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero. owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm.
PAGE 1699
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1700
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1701
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1702
RMON event entry 113 description: event type: SNMP TRAP. event community: private event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1703
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1704
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1705
9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 Dell# show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1706
Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 Dell# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. Syntax Parameters show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1707
CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets:
PAGE 1708
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 54 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP on the platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1709
Version 6.2.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1710
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1711
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1712
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1713
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1714
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1715
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1716
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1717
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.
PAGE 1718
Gi 4/9 Altr 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1719
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1720
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1721
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 4/0 Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#spanning-tree rstp edge-port Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/0 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1722
knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1723
Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 55 Dell Networking operating software supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1724
56 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Command • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1725
To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stoponly} {tacacs+} command. Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode.
PAGE 1726
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default.
PAGE 1727
Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1728
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL.
PAGE 1729
Example Dell(conf)#radius-server group group1 Dell(conf-radius-group)#radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)#radius-server host 2.2.2.2 key secret Dell(conf-radius-group)#radius-server vrf vrf1 sourceinterface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#exit Dell(conf)#aaa radius group group1 show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1730
Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1731
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1732
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1733
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || if-authenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1734
Parameters mode level level Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: • configure for CONFIGURATION mode • exec for EXEC mode • interface for INTERFACE modes • line for LINE mode • route-map for ROUTE-MAP mode • router for ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands.
PAGE 1735
privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1736
service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1737
Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
PAGE 1738
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead.
PAGE 1739
method ... method4 Enter one of the following methods: • enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use. • line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. Not available if role-only is in use. • local: use the password for the userid contained in the local password database. • none: no authentication. Not available if role-only is in use.
PAGE 1740
Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If users encounter an error with the first method listed, Dell Networking OS applies the next method configured. If users fail the first method listed, no other methods are applied. The only exception is the local method. If the user’s name is not listed in the local database, the next method is applied.
PAGE 1741
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines.
PAGE 1742
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1743
Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1744
encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
PAGE 1745
Related Commands show running-config — views the current configuration. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. login authentication To configure authentication for console or remote access, apply an authentication method list. Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command.
PAGE 1746
Related Commands • If you configure the default authentication list using the default keyword, the list applies it to all the local and remote connections globally, unless you have specified some another authentication list for a specific connection. • If you configure an authentication lists other than default, you must apply those authentication lists to each connection.
PAGE 1747
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch.
PAGE 1748
characterrestriction (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords character-restriction to indicate a character restriction for the password. upper number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword upper then the upper number. The range is from 0 to 31. lower number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lower then the lower number. The range is from 0 to 31. numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number. The range is from 0 to 31.
PAGE 1749
service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS. Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service passwordencryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1750
show privilege View your access level. Syntax show privilege Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1751
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Security Version 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Version 9.
PAGE 1752
sysadmin 5 vty 3 sysadmin 6 vty 4 unassigned 7 vty 5 unassigned Dell# Related Commands 1 1 1 15 idle ad1 idle admin idle ad idle 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.145 10.16.127.141 10.16.127.141 username — enables a user. timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command.
PAGE 1753
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username Establish an authentication system based on user names.
PAGE 1754
privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type. Defaults The default encryption type for the password option is 0. The default encryption type for the secret option is 0. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1755
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1756
• For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1757
Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds. Defaults 0 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1758
Example FTOS(conf)#radius-server group group1 FTOS(conf-radius-group)#radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret FTOS(conf-radius-group)#radius-server host 2.2.2.2 key secret FTOS(conf-radius-group)#radius-server vrf vrf1 sourceinterface tengigabitethernet 0/36 FTOS(conf-radius-group)#show config ! radius-server group group1 radius-server vrf vrf1 source-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/36 radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 radius-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1759
key [encryptiontype] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. The RADIUS host server uses this authentication key and the RADIUS daemon operating on this switch. For the encryption-type, enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1760
the timeout, retransmit, or key values, include those keywords when using the no radius-server host command syntax. You can use duplicate host names or IP addresses among RADIUS groups. However, you cannot use duplicate host names or IP addresses within the same RADIUS group. If a VRF is not configured on the RADIUS group, then servers configured in the group are considered to be on the default VRF. RADIUS servers that are configured in the CONFIGURATION mode are also considered to be on the default VRF.
PAGE 1761
• For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1762
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1763
If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable.
PAGE 1764
radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1765
tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers to be used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting.. Syntax aaa tacacsgroup group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1766
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1767
• For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1768
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF. Example Dell(conf)#tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1769
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1770
tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text.
PAGE 1771
tacacs-server vrf Create an association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface.. Syntax tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no tacacs-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a TACACS server group with that VRF.
PAGE 1772
If VRF is not configured on the TACACS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF. RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group. When the VRF is removed, then the corresponding RADIUS group is also removed automatically.
PAGE 1773
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1774
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication.
PAGE 1775
reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN. After the authentication VLAN is assigned, the port-state must be toggled to restart authentication. Authentication occurs at the next re-authentication interval (dot1x reauthentication). Related Commands dot1x port-control — enables port-control on an interface. dot1x guest-vlan — configures a guest VLAN for non-dot1x devices. show dot1x interface — displays the 802.
PAGE 1776
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1777
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1778
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1779
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 1780
Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour). Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1781
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command.
PAGE 1782
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1783
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1784
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Dell#show dot1x interface fortyGigE 0/48 802.
PAGE 1785
Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1786
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for FIPS mode on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server.
PAGE 1787
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Related Commands Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL crypto key generate— Generate keys for SSH server debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information.
PAGE 1788
Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer. Syntax ip scp topdir directory To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1789
Parameters 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1790
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server.
PAGE 1791
Usage Information If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt. This command provides two levels of authentication: • rhost-authentication is done with the file specified in the ip ssh rhostfile command. • checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pubkey-file command. NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure host-based authentication.
PAGE 1792
Usage Information The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server. Syntax ip ssh password-authentication enable To disable password-authentication, use the no ip ssh passwordauthentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable passwordauthentication for the SSH server. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1793
Parameters WORD Enter the file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1794
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
PAGE 1795
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1796
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1797
• aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used. mac hmacalgorithm • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
PAGE 1798
When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. When FIPS is not enabled, the default key-exchangealgorithms are the following: • diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group1-sha1, • diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22.
PAGE 1799
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.0), SSH server is enabled by default.
PAGE 1800
Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can enable the SSH server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both. If no VRF is specified, then the SSH server is enabled on the default VRF. If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2: ip ssh server vrf vrf2.
PAGE 1801
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands.
PAGE 1802
Usage Information If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF. The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh vrf vrf1 show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys.
PAGE 1803
Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1804
SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmacsha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchangesha1,diffie-hellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled.
PAGE 1805
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhY eFPaHiygd8U/FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maalinux-1.force10networks.c om 2200:2200:2200:2200:2200::2202 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAu5NoTbmnLxBknaeXZmUJMupNwNUoGlo1/ yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhY eFPaHiygd8U/FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-li nux-1.
PAGE 1806
Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file. Example Dell#show ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAyB17l4gFp4r2DRHIvMc1VZd0Sg5GQxRV1y1 X1JOMeO6Nd0WuYyzrQMM 4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9+U9tMwhS8vy8A VxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys.
PAGE 1807
• aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher • aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use aes192-cbc encryption cipher • aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher • aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use aes128-ctr encryption cipher • aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use aes192-ctr encryption cipher • aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use aes256-ctr encryption cipher -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session.
PAGE 1808
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1809
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82.
PAGE 1810
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1811
interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected. • For an 10/100 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastethernet. • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address is leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1812
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1813
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1814
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1815
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1816
To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). inherit existingrole-name Enter the inherit keyword then specify the system defined role to inherit permissions from (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1817
Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1818
Parameters mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: configure for CONFIGURATION mode exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role.
PAGE 1819
show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version 9.5(0.
PAGE 1820
netadmin Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC secadmin sysadmin netoperator testadmin Command Modes Command History Related Commands netadmin Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC EXEC Privilege Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. userrole, username userrole Create user roles for the role-based security model.
PAGE 1821
Important Points to Remember Consider the following when creating a user role: • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames. Only the system administrator, security administrator, and roles inherited from these can use the role command to modify command permissions. The security administrator and roles inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to.
PAGE 1822
57 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on the platform.
PAGE 1823
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1824
protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate| stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320.
PAGE 1825
protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1826
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1827
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1828
Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1829
sFlow 58 The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on the platform. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1830
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1831
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1832
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1833
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1834
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1835
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1836
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1837
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1838
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1839
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port-Channel Ethernet interface, enter the keyword port-channel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1840
Dell#show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address sflow enable sflow sample-rate 256 no shutdown show sflow stack-unit Display the sFlow information on a stack-unit. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show sflow stack—unit {unit-number} unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the stack-unit keyword followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on S5000.
PAGE 1841
59 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1842
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1843
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1844
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1845
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1846
Example Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. unknown Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#config!------command run on host connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1847
ipv6 accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 ACL name (a string up to 16 characters long). security-name name (Optional) Enter the keywords security-name then the security name as defined by the community MIB. access-listname (Optional) Enter a standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1848
The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three suboptions as a sub-option, and so forth. The second Example shows the creation of a standard IPv4 ACL called snmp-ro-acl and then assigning it to the SNMP community guest. NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1849
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1850
notificationoption • stp — Notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493). • vlt — Notification of virtual link trunking. • vrrp — Notification of a state change in a VRRP group. • xstp — Notification of a state change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
PAGE 1851
E-Series legacy command Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports up to 16 SNMP trap receivers. If you do not configure this command, no traps controlled by this command are sent. If you do not specify a notification-type and notification-option, all traps are enabled. Related Commands snmp-server community — enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1852
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1853
To remove a specified group, use the no snmp-server group [group_name {v1 | v2c | v3 {auth | noauth | priv}}] [read name] [write name] [notify name] [access access-list-name | ipv6 accesslist-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters group_name 1 | 2c | 3 Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group.
PAGE 1854
access-listname ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1855
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port port-number] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command.
PAGE 1856
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1857
Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1858
Related Commands 4. Enable traps. 5. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1859
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1860
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1861
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1862
md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm • sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords priv to initiate a privacy authentication level setting.
PAGE 1863
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1864
snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption) Specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used for transmission of SNMP information. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Feedback (CFB) 128-bit encryption algorithm is in compliance with RFC 3826. RFCs for SNMPv3 define two authentication hash algorithms, namely, HMACMD5-96 and HMAC-SHA1-96. These are the full forms or editions of the truncated versions, namely, HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA1 authentication algorithms.
PAGE 1865
You cannot modify the FIPS mode if SNMPv3 users are already configured and present in the system. An error message is displayed if you attempt to change the FIPS mode by using the fips mode enable command in Global Configuration mode. You can enable or disable FIPS mode only if SNMPv3 users are not previously set up. Otherwise, you must remove the previously configured users before you change the FIPS mode.
PAGE 1866
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1.
PAGE 1867
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1868
clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1869
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1870
E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1871
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1872
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable transmission of log message over UDP followed by port number. The default port is 514 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1873
logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Syntax logging buffered [level] [size] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command. To disable logging stored to an internal buffer, use the no logging buffered command.
PAGE 1874
Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
PAGE 1875
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers.
PAGE 1876
• sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1877
Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings. Defaults warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1878
Defaults 1 message Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1879
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1880
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you use the no logging on command, messages are logged only to the console. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1881
• For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1882
To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa. The range is from 0 to 7. The default is 2. all Enter the keyword all to turn off all.
PAGE 1883
logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational.
PAGE 1884
show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Syntax Parameters show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535. history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table.
PAGE 1885
Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed. Hold time expired Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.200.13.2 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.13 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 192.1.1.
PAGE 1886
Parameters stack-unit unitnumber defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000. This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1887
E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1888
60 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1889
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0.
PAGE 1890
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified.
PAGE 1891
pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Related Commands Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1892
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1893
hello-time Set the time interval between generation of the spanning tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1894
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1895
protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). Dell Networking OS supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1896
show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display. Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1897
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1898
Example Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1899
Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.26, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (GigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1900
Example (Guard) Dell#show spanning-tree 0 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type --------- -------- --------- ---------Gi 0/1 0 INCON(Root) Rootguard Gi 0/2 0 LIS Loopguard Gi 0/3 0 EDS (Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1901
Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority followed by a number as the priority. The range is zero (0) to 15. The default is 8. Defaults cost = depends on the interface type; priority = 8 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1902
• If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. • If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1903
Stacking Commands 61 All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. The commands are always available and operational. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S5000 units. For information about using the S5000 stacking feature, refer to the Stacking chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the S5000.
PAGE 1904
redundancy force-failover stack-unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit. Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover stack-unit stack-unit Enter the stack unit. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.
PAGE 1905
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the hard reset option. Version 7.8.1.0 Augmented to run on the standby unit in order to reset the standby unit directly. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message displays if you try to do so. Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.
PAGE 1906
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. To modify your results, use the show redundancy [pipe] command, as follows: • except — show only text that doesn not match a pattern. • find — search for the first occurrence of a pattern. • grep — show only text that matches a pattern. • no-more — do not paginate the output.
PAGE 1907
Running Config: ACL Mgr: LACP: STP: SPAN: succeeded Jul succeeded Jul no block sync no block sync no block sync 11 2012 09:42:35 11 2012 09:42:35 done done done show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Syntax Parameters show system stack-ports [status | topology] status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field.
PAGE 1908
Field Description Connection The stack port ID to which this unit’s stack port is connected.
PAGE 1909
• upgrade (S-Series management unit and Z-Series) – upgrades the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series management unit. show system stack-unit stack-group Display the stacking group port information for the specified stack-unit. Syntax show system stack-unit stack-unit stack-group Defaults none Command Modes GLOBAL Command History Example Version 8.3.10.2 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1910
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1911
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit renumber Change the stack member ID of any stack member or a stand-alone unit.
PAGE 1912
• reset stack-unit – resets the designated S-Series stack member. stack-unit stack-group Configure the stacking unit and stacking group by specifying an ID when adding units to a stack to ensure the unit is assigned to the correct group. Syntax stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id To remove the current stack group configuration, use the no stack-unit unitid stack-group stack-id command. Parameters unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID.
PAGE 1913
upgrade boot (stack unit) Upgrade the boot image (bootflash or bootselector) on one or all stack units in an S5000 stack from the master switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters upgrade boot {bootflash-image| bootselector-image} stack-unit {stack-unit—id | all} {booted: | flash://file-path | ftp:// file-path | tftp://file-path | usbflash://file-path} boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. bootflashimage Upgrade the boot image in the bootflash partition.
PAGE 1914
Usage Information You must reload the stack after entering the upgrade boot stack-unit command to boot up stack units with the new boot code. Example Dell#upgrade boot bootselector-image stack-unit all booted Password: Current BootSelector information in the system: =============================================================== Card BootSelector Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------Unit0 Boot Selector 1.3.0.0m 1.3.0.0m Unit7 Boot Selector 1.3.0.0m 1.
PAGE 1915
Cpu1minUsage (90%) 01:01:34: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-TASK_CPU_THRESHOLD: 1min cpu utilization of stack-unit 10 has exceeded the threshold. Top three processes are dla (88.75%), KP (2.50%), frrpaRecv (0.00%) !.!.!.!.!01:01:40: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Overall cpu usage of stack-unit 9 is above threshold. Cpu1minUsage (96%) 01:01:40: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-TASK_CPU_THRESHOLD: 1min cpu utilization of stack-unit 9 has exceeded the threshold. Top three processes are dla (94.83%), KP (2.
PAGE 1916
scp: After the keyword scp:, enter the location of the source file in the format: //userid:password@host-ip-address/ file-pathname or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp: After the keyword tftp:, enter the location of the source file in the format: //host-ipaddress/file-pathname or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. usbflash: After the keyword usbflash:, enter the location of the source file in the external flash in the format: //file-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 1917
.......................................................... ....................................
PAGE 1918
Storm Control 62 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Storm control is supported on the Dell Networking platforms. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1919
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1920
show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control multicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For Fast Ethernet, enter the keyword Fastethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1921
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. Syntax Parameters show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then y the slot/port information.
PAGE 1922
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentagedeci mal_value in | out Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The decimal range is from .1 to .9.
PAGE 1923
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1924
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no stormcontrol multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1925
storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1926
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1927
• 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile. packets_per_se cond in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1928
System Time and Date 63 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1929
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1930
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters 1930 time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters. start-week (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following as the week that daylight saving begins and then enter values for start-day through end-time: • week-number: Enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week in the month to start daylight saving time.
PAGE 1931
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1932
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1933
events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1934
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1935
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1936
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1937
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch. Syntax ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicast-address] command. Parameters multicastaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1938
ntp master Configure an NTP master and peers. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.
PAGE 1939
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support.
PAGE 1940
• • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword lag then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1941
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command.
PAGE 1942
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 Dell# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers.
PAGE 1943
Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock.
PAGE 1944
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Version 7.
PAGE 1945
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp.
PAGE 1946
64 u-Boot All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking OS for S5000 platform. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter u-Boot immediately, as indicated by the => prompt. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in u-Boot. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode.
PAGE 1947
$filesize; erase 0x fff80000 +$filesize; cp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize; protect on 0xfff80000 +$filesize; cmp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize ethact=eTSEC1 ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 serverip=10.11.9.4 primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.2/si-S4810-40g secondary_boot=f10boot flash0 default_boot=f10boot tftp://192.168.128.1/FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin gatewayip=10.11.192.254 ipaddr=10.11.198.114 netmask=255.255.0.
PAGE 1948
Usage Information You must save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost. save Save configurations created in uBoot. S5000 Syntax save Command Modes uBoot Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. You must save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost. syntax help Display command syntax information. S5000 Syntax syntax help Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.
PAGE 1949
zero operating system boot parameters default-gateway default-gateway - set the default gateway ip address enable [user|admin] change access privilege level help display help menu ignore enable-password ignore enable password ignore startup-config ignore system starup-config interface management ethernet ip address set the management port ip address and mask interface management port config 1000m set the management port at 1000m interface management port config 100m set the management port at 100m interface
PAGE 1950
boot selection Set the bootflash partition to be used for a ROM bootstrap operation. S5000 Syntax boot selection {a | b} Command Modes uBoot Command History 1950 Version 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 1951
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 65 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1952
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1953
Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1954
Related Commands uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1955
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
PAGE 1956
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down.
PAGE 1957
Usage Information A user-configurable number of downstream interfaces in an uplink-state group are put into a link-down state with an UFD-Disabled error message when one upstream interface in an uplink-state group goes down. If all upstream interfaces in an uplink-state group go down, all downstream interfaces in the same uplink-state group are put into a link-down state. Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1958
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Syntax Parameters show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1959
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. detail Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream interfaces in each group none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1960
13/5(Up) Te 13/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/0(Dwn) Gi 0/3(Dwn) Gi 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 13/2(Dis) Te 13/4(Dis) Te 13/11(Dis) Te 13/12(Dis) Te 13/13(Dis) Te 13/14(Dis) Te 13/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn)
PAGE 1961
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 1962
• 40 Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/ port-range} • Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and portrange entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1963
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1964
VLAN Stacking 66 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on the platform. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1965
dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1966
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1967
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Instroduces on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable – Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN.
PAGE 1968
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information You must enable the stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. Related Commands vlan-stack compatible — enables stackable VLAN on a VLAN. show interface dei-honor Display the dei honor configuration.
PAGE 1969
Gi Gi Gi Gi Related Commands 0/1 0/1 8/9 8/40 0 1 1 0 Green Yellow Red Yellow dei honor — Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an Dell Networking OS drop precedence. show interface dei-mark Display the dei mark configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show interface dei-mark [interface slot/port | linecard number port-set number] interface slot/ port Enter the interface type followed by the line card slot and port number.
PAGE 1970
stack-unit stack-group Configure a stacking group specified by an ID. Syntax Parameters [no] stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-group-id unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. The range is from 0 to 16. [no] Use no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id to remove the current stack group configuration. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1971
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1972
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members. To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode.
PAGE 1973
Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. sp-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword sp-tag-dot1p then the service provider dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1974
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1975
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1976
Example 1 Dell(conf-if-gi-0/42)#switchport Dell(conf-if-gi-0/42)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-gi-0/42)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 0/42 no ip address switchport vlan-stack trunk no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-0/42)#interface vlan 100 Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#member gigabitethernet 0/42 Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member GigabitEthernet 0/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#interface
PAGE 1977
Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 8/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1977
PAGE 1978
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 67 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. Syntax ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF that you want to create. management Use this keyword when you want to create the management VRF.
PAGE 1979
description Enables you to specify a descriptive name for a customer VRF. Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1980
Command Modes INTERFACE-CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF.
PAGE 1981
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1982
warning-only When the warning-only option is used, a syslog message will be thrown when maximum number of dynamic routes reaches the limit. Additional dynamic routes will still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1983
Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Nu 0, 4/0, 5/0, 6/0, 7/0, 8/0, 9/0, 10/0, 11/0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 FTOS#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show run vrf vrf-name vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1984
68 VLT Proxy Gateway This chapter describes the VLT Proxy Gateway feature. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1985
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1986
Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the remote MAC address of the VLT peer to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for a static VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1987
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)#proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link portchannel 20 exclude-vlan 3 proxy-gateway peer-timeout Configure the proxy-gateway VLT peer timeout value. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History [no] peer-timeout value value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is infinity. VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 1988
Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, if you configure this command, any node has to send its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node will send only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. This parameter is applicable for an LLDP proxy gateway configuration. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1989
Example Dell(conf)#do sh vlt proxy-gateway info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan ---------------------00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info LagId Mac Address --------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 VLT Proxy Gateway lldp Exclude Vlan -----------3,7-8 << Macs 3,7-8 1989
PAGE 1990
69 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1991
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.
PAGE 1992
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1993
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 1994
Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1995
Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1996
Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan parameter. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi.
PAGE 1997
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1998
Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure the VLT domain on each peer switch on both sides of the interconnect trunk, by default, the Dell Networking OS software elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device.
PAGE 1999
ICL Link Status: Heart Beat Status: VLT Peer Status: Version: Local System MAC address: Remote System MAC address: Remote Sytem Version: Delay-Restore timer: Up Not Established Up 5 (1) 00:01:e8:8b:14:3c 00:01:e8:8b:15:20 5 (1) 90 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2000
show vlt counters Displays the counter information. Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmpsnooping counter information for the VLT. interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT.
PAGE 2001
IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Example (igmp-snoop interface portchannel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 0 Ve Example (NDP and Non-VLT ARP) Dell#show vlt counters Total VLT Counters
PAGE 2002
Version 8.3.8.0 Example Introduced on the S4810. Dell# Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show vlt detail Local LAG Id Peer LAG Id Local Status Peer Status Active VLANs ------------ ----------- ------------ -----------------------10 10 UP UP 100, 200, 300, 400, show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes. Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2003
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 2004
igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Example Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.
PAGE 2005
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 Reg Request sent: 1 Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route u
PAGE 2006
Example Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain ----------Parameters Local ---------------------Unit-ID 0 Peer --------15 Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode Peer Mode -------------------- ----------100 -- Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 L3 Peer Status ----------- Active Inactive Dell# show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes.
PAGE 2007
IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2008
unit-id Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Syntax Parameters unit-id [0 | 1] 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2009
Parameters domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.
PAGE 2010
Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 2011
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 70 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 2012
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command.
PAGE 2013
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 2014
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 2015
interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 2016
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 2017
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router.
PAGE 2018
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands disable — disables a VRRP group.
PAGE 2019
priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100.
PAGE 2020
show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. Syntax Parameters show config [verbose] verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 2021
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID.
PAGE 2022
Item Description Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If the track command is configured to track that interface and the interface is disabled, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface. Pre States whether preempt is enabled on the interface. State • Y = Preempt is enabled. • N = Preempt is not enabled. Displays the operational state of the interface by using one of the following: • NA/IF (the interface is not available).
PAGE 2023
Item Description the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Adv rcvd:... Example This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds. • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds.
PAGE 2024
Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 2 interfaces: Up GigabitEthernet 2/1 priority-cost 10 Up GigabitEthernet 12/17 priority-cost 10 Dell> track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series (S50) Syntax track interface [priority-cost cost] To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command.
PAGE 2025
Command Modes Command History Usage Information VRRP Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If the interface is disabled, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value and forces a new MASTER election if the priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers.
PAGE 2026
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured.
PAGE 2027
Usage Information Related Command Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling.
PAGE 2028
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 2029
Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. Related Command virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group. IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands.
PAGE 2030
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. Version 8.3.2.
PAGE 2031
state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 2032
• brief For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 2033
Line Beginning with Example Description • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states...
PAGE 2034
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 2035
Debugging and Diagnostics 71 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 2036
Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted. Dell Networking OS completes the coredump process and wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the system.
PAGE 2037
appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics.
PAGE 2038
offline stack-unit Place a stack unit in the offline state. Syntax Parameters offline stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit id. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
PAGE 2039
online stack-unit Place a stack unit in the online state. Syntax Parameters online stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit number. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 2040
buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters buffer-profile {fp | csf] profile-name {global {1Q | | 4q} fp Enter the keyword fp to create a buffer profile for the Field Processor. csf Enter the keyword csf to create a buffer profile for the Switch Fabric Processor. profile-name Create a name for the buffer profile, global Apply one of two pre-defined buffer profiles to all of the port-pipes in the system.
PAGE 2041
If the default buffer-profile is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no bufferprofile global command. Reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect. show buffer-profile stack-unit Display the buffer profile that is applied to a stack-unit.
PAGE 2042
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 2043
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 2044
hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {<0-5> | all} Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 2045
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 2046
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 2047
Defaults Command Modes Command History drops [unit unit-number [port portnumber | no]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Option unit 0 followed by port 1-104 (in S6000) is based on internal/ hardware port number” and “option user-port 0-127 is to see the drop using user port numbering convention.
PAGE 2048
pkts 222 over 255-byte pkts, 236 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 919 Multicasts, 430 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 325 packets, 27629 bytes, 0 underruns 9 64-byte pkts, 310 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 2 over 511-byte pkts, 2 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 3 Broadcasts, 322 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec Output 00.
PAGE 2049
--- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops : 0 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS : 0 TxPurge CellErr : 0 Aged Drops : 0 --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops : 0 --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops --IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops : 0 TTL Threshold Drops : 0 INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops : 0 L2MC Drops : 0 PKT Drops of ANY Conditions : 0 Hg MacUnderflow : 0 TX Err PKT Counter : 0 25 Dell# Example (PortStats) Example (Register) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 unit 0 ena/ speed/ link auto STP loop port
PAGE 2050
0x0060304c 0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204c 0x0061304c 0x0061404c 0x0061504c 0x0061604c 0x0061704c 0x0061804c 0x0061904c 0x0061a04c 0x0061b04c 0x0061c04c 0x00780000 0x0e700102 0x0e701102 0x0e702102 0x0e703102 0x0e704102 0x0e705102 0x0e706102 0x0e707102 0x0e708102 0x0e709102 0x0e70a102 0x0e70b102 0x0e70c102 0x0e70d102 0x0e70e102 0x0e70f102 0x0e710102 0x0e711102 0x0e712102 0x0e71
PAGE 2051
0x0b708001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0b709001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge9 = 0x00000000 0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
PAGE 2052
Example (Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer Example (Buffer-Info) Dell(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Port: 120 Dell#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer ----- Buffer Details for Stack-Unit 0 ----Total Buffers allocated per Stack-Unit 46080 Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 Example (Queue2/ Buffer-Info) D
PAGE 2053
port-set number [counters] Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display hit counters for the selected ACL or QoS option. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 2054
Example param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00020000 00000000 0000
PAGE 2055
A ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions. Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 3 . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 2056
Symbol & Type Code Description 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 2056 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request .
PAGE 2057
B SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 2058
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON h
PAGE 2059
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_SFM: Major alarm: Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cleared: Switch fabric up CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm
PAGE 2060
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temperature reaches or exceeds threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_FANTRAY_BAD For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %C
PAGE 2061
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD: Memory %s usage above threshold.